UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from                     to                      .

Commission file number: 1-6948

SPX Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  38-1016240
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13515 Ballantyne Corporate Place
Charlotte, NC 28277
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 704-752-4400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
  Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, Par Value $10.00   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
(Title of Class)

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ý Yes    o No

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ý   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 2, 2011 was $4,240,290,403. The determination of affiliate status for purposes of the foregoing calculation is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.



        The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of February 21, 2012 was 51,239,636.



        Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting to be held on May 3, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

   





P A R T    I

ITEM 1. Business

(All currency and share amounts are in millions, except per share data)

Forward-Looking Information

        Some of the statements in this document and any documents incorporated by reference constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our businesses' or our industries' actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. Such             statements may address our plans, our strategies, our prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" ("MD&A") or in other sections of this document. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "intend," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of those terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially because of market conditions in our industries or other factors, and forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual results. In addition, management's estimates of future operating results are based on our current complement of businesses, which is subject to change. All the forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed in this document under the heading "Risk Factors" and in any documents incorporated by reference that describe risks and factors that could cause results to differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this document.


Business

        We were incorporated in Muskegon, Michigan in 1912 as the Piston Ring Company and adopted our current name in 1988. Since 1968, we have been incorporated under the laws of Delaware, and we have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since 1972.

        We are a global, multi-industry manufacturer of highly specialized, engineered solutions with operations in over 35 countries and sales in over 150 countries around the world. In 2011, an estimated 28% of our revenues were from sales into emerging markets.

        Our Flow Technology segment is the strategic foundation of our business, accounting for approximately 37% of our revenues in 2011, with global investments in food and beverage, power and energy and general industrial markets. Within these markets, we are a leading provider of highly engineered process equipment. Our core strengths include product breadth, global capabilities and the ability to create custom engineered solutions for diverse flow processes. Over the past several years, we have expanded our scale, customer relevance and global capabilities resulting in a positive impact on how we are perceived in the marketplace. We believe there are attractive organic and acquisition opportunities to continue to expand our Flow Technology segment in the future.

        In addition to Flow Technology, we also have leading market positions in power generation and U.S. power transmission and distribution markets. Excluding Flow Technology, our sales of power and energy infrastructure equipment and services were approximately 26% of total 2011 revenues. Our primary power and energy infrastructure products include cooling systems, large scale stationary and rotating heat exchangers, pollution control systems, and transformers. We supply various forms of these technologies into many types of traditional and alternative power generation facilities. We are well positioned to benefit from new or retrofit investments in natural gas, coal, nuclear, solar and geothermal power plants.

        We are a leading supplier of medium power transformers for the U.S. market. The medium power transformers we manufacture range from a base rating of 10 Mega Volt Ampere ("MVA") to 100 MVA and are uniquely designed to meet the requirements of each customer and substation. We also have expanded our manufacturing capacity to increase our ability to produce large power transformers (greater than 100 MVA). This expansion was substantially completed in 2011 and we expect to begin shipping units from the expanded facility in 2012.

        Throughout all of our businesses, we focus on a number of operating initiatives, including innovation and new product development, continuous improvement driven by lean methodologies, supply chain management, expansion in emerging markets, information technology infrastructure improvement, and organizational and talent development. These initiatives are intended to, among other things, capture synergies within our businesses to ultimately drive revenues, profit margin and cash

1


flow growth. We believe that our businesses are well positioned for long-term growth based on our operating initiatives, the potential within the current markets served and the potential for expansion into additional markets.

        Our strategy is aimed at creating shareholder value through our continuous improvement initiatives, acquisitions in our core markets as well as other actions. Within this strategy we also focus on environmental sustainability and conducting our business with a high level of ethics and integrity.

        Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate to continuing operations only.


Segments

        We aggregate our operating segments into four reportable segments: Flow Technology, Test and Measurement, Thermal Equipment and Services and Industrial Products and Services. The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of products sold or services provided, production processes, types of customers and distribution methods. In determining our segments, we apply the threshold criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Accounting Standards Codification ("Codification") to operating income or loss of each segment before considering impairment and special charges, pensions and postretirement expense, stock-based compensation and other indirect corporate expenses ("Segment income"). This is consistent with the way our chief operating decision maker evaluates the results of each segment. For more information on the results of our segments, including revenues by geographic area, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.

Flow Technology

        Our Flow Technology segment had revenues of $2,042.0, $1,662.2 and $1,634.1 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. On December 22, 2011, within our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of Clyde Union (Holdings) S.A.R.L. ("Clyde Union"), a global supplier of pump technologies utilized in oil and gas processing, power generation and other industrial applications. Clyde Union had revenues of $447.8 and $403.4 in 2011 and 2010, respectively, which, apart from $13.6 since the date of acquisition, have not been included in our results of operations. The Flow Technology segment designs, manufactures and markets products and solutions that are used to process, blend, filter, dry, meter and transport fluids with a focus on original equipment installation and turnkey projects as well as comprehensive aftermarket support services. Primary offerings include engineered pumps, valves, mixers, heat exchangers, and dehydration and filtration technologies. Global end markets, including food and beverage, power and energy and general industrial processing are served by core brands, such as SPX Flow Technology, APV, ClydeUnion, Lightnin, Waukesha Cherry-Burrell, Anhydro, Bran&Luebbe, Copes-Vulcan, Johnson Pump, M&J Valves, Plenty, Hankison, Gerstenberg Schröder, GD Engineering, Dollinger Filtration, Pneumatic Products, Delair, Deltech and Jemaco. Competitors in these diversified end markets include GEA Group AG, Flowserve, Alfa Laval AB, Sulzer and IDEX Corporation. Channels to market consist of stocking distributors, manufacturers' representatives and direct sales. The segment continues to focus on innovation and new product development, optimizing its global footprint while taking advantage of cross-product integration opportunities and increasing its competitive position in global end markets. Flow Technology's solutions focus on key business drivers, such as product flexibility, process optimization, sustainability and safety.

Test and Measurement

        Our Test and Measurement segment had revenues of $1,067.8, $924.0 and $810.4 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This segment engineers and manufactures branded, technologically advanced test and measurement products used on a global basis across the transportation, telecommunications and utility industries. Primary offerings include specialty automotive diagnostic service tools, fare-collection systems and portable cable and pipe locators. Our Service Solutions business accounted for 85% of this segment's revenue in 2011. Through this business, we sell specialty automotive diagnostic service tools to franchised vehicle dealers of original equipment manufacturers ("OEM"s), as well as aftermarket franchised and independent repair facilities, under brand names including OTC, Actron, AutoXray, Tecnotest, Autoboss and Robinair. The major competitors to these product lines are Snap-on Incorporated and the Bosch Group. We are a primary global provider of diagnostic service tools for motor vehicle manufacturers' dealership networks such as those associated with General Motors, Volkswagen, Chrysler Group LLC, Ford, Renault, Nissan, BMW, Jaguar, Land Rover, John Deere, Honda and Harley Davidson.

        The segment also sells automated fare-collection systems to municipal bus and rail transit systems, as well as ride ticket vending systems, primarily to municipalities within the North American market. Our portable cable and pipe locator line is composed of electronic testing, monitoring and inspection equipment for locating and identifying metallic sheathed fiber optic cable, horizontal boring guidance systems and inspection cameras. The segment sells this product line globally to a wide customer base, including utility and construction companies, municipalities and telecommunication companies.

2


        On January 23, 2012, we entered into an agreement to sell our Service Solutions business to Robert Bosch GmbH for cash proceeds of $1,150.0. We expect the sale to close during the first half of 2012, resulting in a net gain of approximately $450.0. The sale is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals in multiple jurisdictions. We have reported Service Solutions within continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as the sale of the business was not deemed probable as of December 31, 2011. Revenues and operating profit for Service Solutions totaled $910.5 and $59.0, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect to report Service Solutions as a discontinued operation beginning in the first quarter of 2012.

Thermal Equipment and Services

        Our Thermal Equipment and Services segment had revenues of $1,644.2, $1,602.1 and $1,595.5 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This segment engineers, manufactures and services thermal heat transfer products. Primary offerings include dry, evaporative and hybrid cooling systems, rotating and stationary heat exchangers and pollution control systems for the power generation, HVAC and industrial markets, as well as boilers and heating and ventilation products for the commercial and residential markets. The primary distribution channels for the Thermal Equipment and Services segment are direct to customers, independent manufacturing representatives, third-party distributors and retailers. The segment has a balanced presence geographically, with a strong presence in North America, Europe, and South Africa.

        Approximately 60% of the segment's 2011 revenues were from sales to the power generation market. The segment's primary power products and services are sold under the brand names of SPX Cooling Systems, Marley, Balcke-Duerr, Ceramic, Yuba, Ecolaire and Recold, among others, with the major competitors to these product and service lines being Evapco, Inc., GEA Group AG, Alstom SA, Siemens AG, Hamon & Cie, Baltimore Aircoil Company, Thermal Engineering International, SHOUHANG IHW Resources Saving Technology Co., Harbin Air Conditioning Co., and Beijing Longyuan Cooling Technology Co.

        Declining demand from the power generation market and increased competition in China had a negative impact on the segment's revenues and profits during 2011. Due to this decline, coupled with an expectation that a significant market recovery was not likely in the near-term, we determined that the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of the segment's SPX Heat Transfer Inc. subsidiary were impaired and, thus, recorded impairment charges in 2011 of $28.3 (see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details on these impairment charges).

        On December 30, 2011, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Shanghai Electric Group Co., Ltd. ("Shanghai Electric"). The joint venture will supply dry cooling systems and moisture separator reheater products and services to the power sector in China as well as other selected regions of the world. We contributed and sold certain assets of our dry cooling products business in China to the joint venture in consideration for (i) a 45% ownership interest in the joint venture and (ii) cash payments of RMB 96.7, with RMB 51.5 received on January 18, 2012, RMB 25.8 to be received by December 31, 2012, and the remaining payment contingent upon the joint venture achieving defined sales order volumes. In addition, we are licensing our dry cooling and moisture separator reheater technologies to the joint venture for which we will receive a royalty. We also will continue to manufacture dry cooling components in our China factories and have entered into an exclusive supply agreement with the joint venture for these products. We believe that this arrangement increases our ability to compete in China, as Shanghai Electric has a well-established presence in the region (see Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details).

        The segment's boiler products include a complete line of gas and oil fired cast iron boilers for heating in residential and commercial applications, as well as ancillary equipment. The segment's primary boiler products competitors are Burnham Holdings, Inc. and Buderus.

        The segment's heating and ventilation product line includes i) baseboard, wall unit and portable heaters, ii) commercial cabinet and infrared heaters, iii) thermostats and controls, iv) air curtains and v) circulating fans. The segment sells heating and ventilation products under the Berko, Qmark, Farenheat and Leading Edge brand names, with the principal competitors being TPI Corporation, Ouellet, King Electric, Systemair Mfg. LLC, Cadet Manufacturing Company and Dimplex North America Ltd. for heating products and TPI Corporation, Broan-NuTone LLC and Airmaster Fan Company for ventilation products.

        The segment's South African subsidiary has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder, which holds a noncontrolling 25.1% interest.

Industrial Products and Services

        Our Industrial Products and Services segment had revenues of $707.9, $698.5 and $805.6 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Of the segment's 2011 revenues, approximately 34% were from the sale of power transformers into the U.S. transmission and distribution market. We are a leading provider of medium sized transformers (10 - 100 MVA) in the United

3


States. We sell transformers under the Waukesha Electric brand name. Typical customers for this product line are public and privately held utilities. Our key competitors in this market include ABB Ltd. (Kuhlman Electric Corporation), GE-Prolec and Hyundai. During 2011, we expanded our Waukesha, WI facility in order to increase our ability to manufacture large power transformers (100 - 1,200 MVA) and expect to begin shipping large power transformers during 2012.

        Additionally, this segment designs and manufactures industrial tools and hydraulic units, precision machine components for the aerospace industry, crystal growing machines for the solar power generation market, broadcast antenna systems, communications and signal monitoring systems, and precision controlled industrial ovens and chambers. The primary distribution channels for the Industrial Products and Services segment are direct to customers, independent manufacturing representatives and third-party distributors.


Acquisitions

        We regularly review and negotiate potential acquisitions in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be material. We will continue to pursue acquisitions and we may consider acquisitions of businesses with more than $1,000.0 in annual revenues.

        On August 24, 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we entered into an agreement to purchase Clyde Union, a global supplier of pump technologies utilized in oil and gas processing, power generation and other industrial applications. On November 1, 2011, and again upon consummation of the acquisition on December 22, 2011, we executed amendments to that agreement. The amended agreement provides for an initial payment of 500.0 British Pounds ("GBP"), less debt assumed and other adjustments of GBP 11.0. In addition, the purchase price includes a potential earn-out payment (equal to Annual 2012 Group EBITDA (as defined in the related agreement) × 10, less GBP 475.0). In no event shall the earn-out payment be less than zero or more than GBP 250.0. The sellers of Clyde Union also contributed GBP 25.0 of cash to the acquired business at the time of sale.

        We financed the acquisition with available cash and committed senior secured financing. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on the senior secured financing.

        On October 31, 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of e&e Verfahrenstechnik GmbH ("e&e"), a supplier of extraction, evaporation, vacuum and freeze drying technologies to the global food and beverage, pharmaceutical and bioenergy industries for a purchase price of approximately 11.7 Euros, net of cash assumed of 3.8 Euros, with an additional potential earn-out of 3.5 Euros. e&e had revenues of approximately 15.3 Euros in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In March 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of B.W. Murdoch Ltd. ("Murdoch"), an engineering company supplying processing solutions for the food and beverage industry, for a purchase price of $8.1. Murdoch had revenues of approximately $13.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In March 2011, in our Test and Measurement segment, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Teradyne Inc.'s Diagnostic Solutions business ("DS"), a global supplier of diagnostic solutions for transportation OEMs and automotive dealerships, for a purchase price of $40.2. DS had revenues of approximately $42.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.


Divestitures

        As part of our operating strategy, we regularly review and negotiate potential divestitures in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be material. As a result of this continuous review, we determined that certain of our businesses would be better strategic fits with other companies or investors. We report businesses or asset groups as discontinued operations when the operations and cash flows of the business or asset group have been or are expected to be eliminated, when we do not expect to have any continuing involvement with the business or asset group after the disposal transaction, and when we have met these additional six criteria:

4


        The following businesses, all of which had been sold by December 31, 2011, met the above requirements and therefore have been reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented:

Business
  Quarter
Discontinued
  Quarter Sale
Closed
 

Cooling Spain Packaging business ("Cooling Spain")

    Q4 2010     Q4 2010  

P.S.D., Inc. ("PSD")

    Q2 2009     Q1 2010  

Automotive Filtration Solutions business ("Filtran")

    Q4 2008     Q4 2009  

Dezurik

    Q3 2008     Q1 2009  


Joint Ventures

        We have a joint venture, EGS Electrical Group, LLC and Subsidiaries ("EGS"), with Emerson Electric Co., in which we hold a 44.5% interest. Emerson Electric Co. controls and operates the joint venture. EGS operates primarily in the United States, Brazil, Canada and France, and is engaged in the manufacture of electrical fittings, hazardous location lighting and power conditioning products. We account for our investment under the equity method of accounting, on a three-month lag basis. We typically receive our share of this joint venture's earnings in cash dividends paid quarterly. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on EGS.

        As previously noted, on December 30, 2011, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Shanghai Electric. The joint venture will supply dry cooling systems and moisture separator reheater products and services to the power sector in China as well as other selected regions of the world. We contributed and sold certain assets of our dry cooling products business in China to the joint venture in consideration for (i) a 45% ownership interest in the joint venture and (ii) cash payments totaling RMB 96.7, with RMB 51.5 received on January 18, 2012, RMB 25.8 to be received by December 31, 2012, and the remaining RMB payment contingent upon the joint venture achieving defined sales order volumes. We are accounting for our investment in this joint venture under the equity method of accounting. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.


International Operations

        We are a multinational corporation with operations in over 35 countries. Our export sales from the United States were $388.9, $328.2 and $289.6 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

        See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our international operations.


Research and Development

        We are actively engaged in research and development programs designed to improve existing products and manufacturing methods and to develop new products to better serve our current and future customers. These efforts encompass all our products with divisional engineering teams coordinating their resources. We place particular emphasis on the development of new products that are compatible with, and build upon, our manufacturing and marketing capabilities.

        We spent $77.6, $69.5 and $58.7 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, on research activities relating to the development and improvement of our products.


Patents/Trademarks

        We own over 700 domestic patents and 300 foreign patents, including approximately 60 patents that were issued in 2011, covering a variety of our products and manufacturing methods. We also own a number of registered trademarks. Although in the aggregate our patents and trademarks are of considerable importance in the operation of our business, we do not consider any single patent or trademark to be of such importance that its absence would adversely affect our ability to conduct business as presently constituted. We are both a licensor and licensee of patents. For more information, please refer to "Risk Factors."


Outsourcing and Raw Materials

        We manufacture many of the components used in our products; however, our strategy includes outsourcing components and sub-assemblies to other companies where strategically and economically beneficial. In instances where we depend on third-party suppliers for outsourced products or components, we are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the quality or performance of the products we sell due to supplier failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-party supplier can lead to the interruption of our ability to obtain the outsourced product and ultimately to our inability to supply

5


products to our customers. We believe that we generally will be able to continue to obtain adequate supplies of key products or appropriate substitutes at reasonable costs.

        We are subject to potential increases in the prices of many of our key raw materials, including petroleum-based products, steel and copper. In recent years, we have generally been able to offset increases in raw material costs mainly through effective price increases. Occasionally, we are subject to long-term supplier contracts, which may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations.

        Because of our diverse products and services, as well as the wide geographic dispersion of our production facilities, we use numerous sources for the raw materials needed in our operations. We are not significantly dependent on any one or a limited number of suppliers, and we have been able to obtain suitable quantities of raw materials at competitive prices.


Competition

        Although our businesses are in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by segment since we and our competitors do not offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets. In addition, specific reliable comparative figures are not available for many of our competitors. In most product groups, competition comes from numerous concerns, both large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product performance, technical innovation and price. These methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe that we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors as they apply to the various products and services offered. See "Segments" above for a discussion of our competitors.


Environmental Matters

        See "MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates — Contingent Liabilities," "Risk Factors" and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding environmental matters.


Employment

        At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 18,000 employees. Eleven domestic collective bargaining agreements cover approximately 1,100 employees. We also have various collective labor arrangements covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. While we generally have experienced satisfactory labor relations, we are subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other potential labor disputes.


Executive Officers

        See Part III, Item 10 of this report for information about our executive officers.


Other Matters

        No customer or group of customers that, to our knowledge, are under common control accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues for any period presented.

        Our businesses maintain sufficient levels of working capital to support customer requirements, particularly inventory. We believe that our businesses' sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our competitors.

        Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. In addition, certain businesses have seasonal fluctuations. Revenues for our Test and Measurement segment primarily follow customer-specified program launch timing for diagnostic systems and service equipment. Demand for products in our Thermal Equipment and Services segment is correlated to contract timing on large construction contracts and is also driven by seasonal weather patterns, both of which may cause significant fluctuations from period to period. Historically, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.

        Our website address is www.spx.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference herein. We file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports. Copies of these reports are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file the reports with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Additionally, you may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

6



ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

(All currency and share amounts are in millions, except per share data)

        You should consider the risks described below and elsewhere in our documents filed with the SEC before investing in any of our securities. We may amend, supplement or add to the risk factors described below from time to time in future reports filed with the SEC.

Many of the industries in which we operate are cyclical or are subject to industry events, and our results have been and could be affected as a result.

        Many of the business areas in which we operate are subject to general economic cycles or industry events. Certain of our businesses are subject to specific industry cycles or events, including, but not limited to:

        Cyclical changes and specific market events could also affect sales of products in our other businesses. The downturns in the business cycles of our different operations may occur at the same time, which could exacerbate any adverse effects on our business. See "MD&A — Segment Results of Operations." In addition, certain of our businesses have seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.

Difficulties presented by international economic, political, legal, accounting and business factors could negatively affect our interests and business effort.

        We are an increasingly global company, with a significant portion of our sales taking place outside the United States. In 2011, over 50% of our revenues were generated outside the United States and we expect that over 50% of our revenues will be generated outside the United States in 2012. We have placed a particular emphasis on expanding our presence in emerging markets.

        As part of our strategy, we manage businesses with manufacturing facilities worldwide. Our reliance on non-U.S. revenues and non-U.S. manufacturing bases exposes us to a number of risks, including:

7


        Health conditions and other factors affecting social and economic activity in China, South Africa and other emerging markets or affecting the movement of people and products into and from these countries to our major markets, including North America and Europe, could have a significant negative effect on our operations.

        Given the importance of our international sales and sourcing of manufacturing, the occurrence of any risk described above could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Currency conversion risk could have a material impact on our reported results of business operations.

        Our operating results are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar could result in unfavorable translation effects as the results of transactions in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars. In addition, sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar expose us to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, which may have a material adverse effect on sales or require us to lower our prices, and also decrease our reported revenues or margins in respect of sales conducted in foreign currencies to the extent we are unable or determine not to increase local currency prices. Likewise, decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on the cost of materials and products purchased overseas.

A portion of our revenues is generated through long-term fixed-price contracts, which entail risks including cost overruns, inflation, delays and credit and other counterparty risks.

        A portion of our revenues and earnings is generated through long-term fixed-price contracts, particularly in our Thermal Equipment and Services and Flow Technology segments. We recognize revenues from certain of these contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenues and expenses, and thereby profit, in a given period are determined based on our estimates as to the project status and the costs remaining to complete a particular project.

        Estimates of total revenues and cost at completion are subject to many variables, including the length of time to complete a contract. In addition, contract delays may negatively impact these estimates and our revenues and earnings results for affected periods.

        To the extent that we underestimate the remaining cost to complete a project, we may overstate the revenues and profit in a particular period. Further, certain of these contracts provide for penalties or liquidated damages for failure to timely perform our obligations under the contract, or require that we, at our expense, correct and remedy to the satisfaction of the other party certain defects. Because some of our long-term contracts are at a fixed price, we face the risk that cost overruns or inflation may exceed, erode or eliminate our expected profit margin, or cause us to record a loss on our projects. Additionally, customers of our long-term contracts may suffer financial difficulties that make them unable to pay for a project when completed, or they may decide not to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in response to changes in local laws and regulations. We cannot assure you that expenses or losses for uncollectible billings relating to our long-term fixed-price contracts will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues and earnings.

8


Worldwide economic conditions could negatively impact our businesses.

        The general worldwide depressed economic conditions that began in 2008 continue to affect many industries, including industries in which we or our customers operate. These conditions could negatively impact our businesses by adversely affecting, among other things, our:

        While it is difficult to predict the duration or severity of these conditions, our projections for 2012 assume a generally improving economy. If economic conditions fail to improve, the negative impact on our businesses could increase or continue for longer than we expect. See MD&A for further discussion of how these conditions have affected our businesses to date and how they may affect them in the future.

Our indebtedness may affect our business and may restrict our operating flexibility.

        At December 31, 2011, we had $2,001.1 in total indebtedness. On that same date, we had $485.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect to $30.9 of outstanding borrowings on the foreign trade revolving loan facility and $83.8 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, we had $408.6 of available issuance capacity under our foreign trade facility after giving effect to $791.4 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2011, our cash and equivalents balance was $551.0. See MD&A and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness incurred to finance, or which is assumed in connection with, acquisitions. We may renegotiate or refinance our senior credit facilities, senior notes or other debt facilities, or enter into additional agreements that have different or more stringent terms. The level of our indebtedness could:

        Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or pay interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, which may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, we cannot assure that future borrowings or equity financing will be available for the payment or refinancing of our indebtedness. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, whether in the ordinary course of business or upon an acceleration of such indebtedness, we may pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures, revising implementation of or delaying strategic plans or seeking additional equity capital. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. In addition, we cannot assure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements, or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt agreements.

9


        Numerous banks in many countries are syndicate members in our credit facility. Failure of one or more of our larger lenders, or several of our smaller lenders, could significantly reduce availability of our credit, which could harm our liquidity.

We may not be able to finance future needs or adapt our business plan to react to changes in economic or business conditions because of restrictions placed on us by our senior credit facilities and any existing or future instruments governing our other indebtedness.

        Our senior credit facilities, the indentures governing our senior notes and agreements governing our other indebtedness contain, or future or revised instruments may contain, a number of restrictions and covenants that limit our ability to make distributions or other payments to our investors and creditors unless certain financial tests or other criteria are satisfied. We also must comply with certain specified financial ratios and tests. Our subsidiaries may also be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us. In addition, our senior credit facilities, indentures governing our senior notes and any other agreements contain or may contain additional affirmative and negative covenants. Existing restrictions are described more fully in the MD&A and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements. Each of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities, such as acquisitions.

        If we do not comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our senior credit facilities, indentures governing our senior notes and agreements governing our other indebtedness, we could be in default under those agreements, and the debt, together with accrued interest, could then be declared immediately due and payable. If we default under our senior credit facilities, the lenders could cause all our outstanding debt obligations under our senior credit facilities to become due and payable or require us to apply all of our cash to repay the indebtedness we owe. If our debt is accelerated, we may not be able to repay or refinance our debt. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, we may not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. In addition, any default under our senior credit facilities, indentures governing our senior notes or agreements governing our other indebtedness could lead to an acceleration of debt under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. If the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts due under our senior credit facilities, senior notes or other debt securities then outstanding. Our ability to comply with these provisions of our senior credit facilities, indentures governing our senior notes and agreements governing our other indebtedness will be affected by changes in the economic or business conditions or other events beyond our control. Complying with our covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to us and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete, including against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

We are subject to laws, regulations and potential liability relating to claims, complaints and proceedings, including those relating to environmental and other matters.

        We are subject to various laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of government authorities in the United States and other nations. With respect to acquisitions, divestitures and continuing operations, we may acquire or retain liabilities of which we are not aware, or of a different character or magnitude than expected. Additionally, changes in laws, ordinances, regulations or other governmental policies may significantly increase our expenses and liabilities.

        We face environmental exposures including, for example, those relating to discharges from and materials handled as part of our operations, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by petroleum products or hazardous substances or wastes, and the health and safety of our employees. We may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous substances or petroleum products on, under, or in our current or formerly owned or leased property, or from a third-party disposal facility that we may have used, without regard to whether we knew of, or caused, the presence of the contaminants. The presence of, or failure to properly remediate, these substances may have adverse effects, including, for example, substantial investigative or remedial obligations and limitations on the ability to sell or rent affected property or to borrow funds using affected property as collateral. New or existing environmental matters or changes in environmental laws or policies could lead to material costs for environmental compliance or cleanup. There can be no assurance that these liabilities and costs will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

        Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including those relating to litigation matters (e.g., class actions, derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, and risk management matters (e.g., product and general liability, automobile, and workers' compensation claims), have been filed or are pending against us and certain of our subsidiaries. From time to time, we face actions by governmental authorities, both in and outside the United States. Additionally, we may become subject to significant claims of which we are currently unaware or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring a significantly greater

10


liability than we anticipate. Our insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. We have increased our self-insurance limits over the past several years, which has increased our uninsured exposure.

        We devote significant time and expense to defense against the various claims, complaints and proceedings brought against us, and we cannot assure you that the expenses or distractions from operating our businesses arising from these defenses will not increase materially.

        We cannot assure you that our accruals and right to indemnity and insurance will be sufficient, that recoveries from insurance or indemnification claims will be available or that any of our current or future claims or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See "MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates — Contingent Liabilities."

Changes in tax laws and regulations or other factors could cause our income tax rate to increase, potentially reducing our net income and adversely affecting our cash flows.

        As a global manufacturing company, we are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions around the world. In preparing our financial statements, we calculate our effective income tax rate based on current tax laws and regulations and the estimated taxable income within each of these jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate, however, may be higher due to numerous factors, including changes in tax laws or regulations. An effective income tax rate significantly higher than our expectations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and liquidity.

        Officials in some of the jurisdictions in which we do business have proposed, or announced that they are reviewing, tax changes that could potentially increase taxes, and other revenue-raising laws and regulations. Any such changes in tax laws or regulations could impose new restrictions, costs or prohibitions on existing practices as well as reduce our net income and adversely affect our cash flows.

Changes in key estimates and assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed long-term return on assets, assumed long-term trends of future cost, and accounting and legislative changes, as well as actual investment returns on our pension plan assets and other actuarial factors, could affect our results of operations and cash flows.

        We have defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, including both qualified and non-qualified plans, which cover a portion of our salaried and hourly employees and retirees including a portion of our employees and retirees in foreign countries. As of December 31, 2011, these plans were underfunded by $511.7. The determination of funding requirements and pension expense or income associated with these plans involves significant judgment, particularly with respect to discount rates, long-term returns on assets, long-term trends of future costs and other actuarial assumptions. If our assumptions change significantly due to changes in economic, legislative and/or demographic experience or circumstances, our pension and other benefit plans' expense, funded status and our cash contributions to such plans could be negatively impacted. In addition, the difference between our actual investment returns and our long-term return on assets assumptions could result in a change to our pension plans' expense, funded status and our required contributions to the plans. Changes in regulations or law could also significantly impact our obligations. For example, See "MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates" for the impact that changes in certain assumptions used in the calculation of our costs and obligations associated with these plans could have on our results of operations and financial position.

The price and availability of raw materials may adversely affect our results.

        We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including inflation in the prices and shortages of raw materials. In recent years, we have faced significant volatility in the prices of many of our key raw materials, including petroleum-based products, steel and copper. Increases in the prices of raw materials or shortages or allocations of materials may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as we may not be able to pass cost increases on to our customers, or our sales may be reduced. We are subject to long-term supplier contracts that may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations.

11


Our failure to successfully integrate acquisitions could have a negative effect on our operations; our acquisitions could cause financial difficulties.

        Our acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

        In addition, internal controls over financial reporting of acquired companies may not be up to required standards. Issues may exist that could rise to the level of significant deficiencies or, in some cases, material weaknesses, particularly with respect to foreign companies or non-public U.S. companies.

        Our integration activities may place substantial demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal control systems. Customer dissatisfaction or performance problems with an acquired business, technology, service or product could also have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.

We may not achieve the expected cost savings and other benefits of our acquisitions.

        We strive for and expect to achieve cost savings in connection with our acquisitions, including: (i) manufacturing process and supply chain rationalization; (ii) streamlining redundant administrative overhead and support activities; and (iii) restructuring and repositioning sales and marketing organizations to eliminate redundancies. Cost savings expectations are estimates that are inherently difficult to predict and are necessarily speculative in nature, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve expected, or any, cost savings. In addition, we cannot assure you that unforeseen factors will not offset the estimated cost savings or other benefits from our acquisitions. As a result, anticipated benefits could be delayed, differ significantly from our estimates and the other information contained in this report, or not be realized.

Our failure to successfully complete acquisitions could negatively affect us.

        We may not be able to consummate desired acquisitions, which could materially impact our growth rate, results of operations, future cash flows and stock price. Our ability to achieve our goals depends upon, among other things, our ability to identify and successfully acquire companies, businesses and product lines, to effectively integrate them and to achieve cost effectiveness. We may also be unable to raise any additional funds necessary to consummate these acquisitions. In addition, decreases in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to consummate acquisitions. Competition for acquisitions in our business areas may be significant and result in higher prices for businesses, including businesses that we may target, which may also affect our acquisition rate or benefits achieved from our acquisitions.

We operate in highly competitive industries. Our failure to compete effectively could harm our business.

        We operate in a highly competitive environment, competing on the basis of product offerings, technical capabilities, quality, service and pricing. We have a number of competitors, some of which are large, with substantial technological and financial resources, brand recognition and established relationships with global service providers. Some of our competitors have low cost structures, support from governments in their home countries, or both. In addition, new competitors may enter the industry. Competitors may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or a more attractive mix of products or services, or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not match. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new or emerging technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, and make more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners.

12


Our strategy to outsource various elements of the products we sell subjects us to the business risks of our suppliers, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

        In areas where we depend on third-party suppliers for outsourced products or components, we are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the quality or performance of the products we sell due to supplier failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-party supplier can lead to the interruption of our ability to obtain the outsourced product and ultimately our inability to supply products to our customers. Third-party supplier business interruptions can include, but are not limited to, work stoppages and union negotiations and other labor disputes. Current economic conditions could impact the ability of suppliers to access credit and thus impair their ability to provide us quality product in a timely manner, or at all.

Dispositions or our failure to successfully complete dispositions could negatively affect us.

        Our dispositions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including diversion of management attention from running our core businesses, increased expense associated with the dispositions, potential disputes with the customers or suppliers of the disposed businesses, potential disputes with the acquirers of the disposed businesses and a potential dilutive effect on our earnings per share. If dispositions are not completed in a timely manner there may be a negative effect on our cash flows and/or our ability to execute our strategy. See "Business," "MD&A — Results of Discontinued Operations," and Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the status of our divestitures.

Increases in the number of shares of our outstanding common stock could adversely affect our common stock price or dilute our earnings per share.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock into the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could have a material adverse effect on our stock price. As of December 31, 2011, we had the ability to issue up to an additional 5.0 shares as restricted stock, restricted stock units, or stock options under our 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended in 2006. Additionally, we may issue a significant number of additional shares, in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We also have a shelf registration statement for 8.3 shares of common stock that may be issued in connection with acquisitions. Additional shares issued would have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share.

The loss of key personnel and any inability to attract and retain qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

        We are dependent on the continued services of our leadership team. The loss of these personnel without adequate replacement could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Additionally, we need qualified managers and skilled employees with technical and manufacturing industry experience in many locations in order to operate our business successfully. From time to time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor, which may make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified employees. If we were unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals or our costs to do so were to increase significantly, our operations could be materially adversely affected.

If the fair value of any of our reporting units is insufficient to recover the carrying value of the goodwill and other intangibles of the respective reporting unit, a material non-cash charge to earnings could result.

        At December 31, 2011, we had goodwill and other intangible assets, net of $3,030.0. We conduct annual impairment testing to determine if we will be able to recover all or a portion of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. In addition, we review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value is insufficient to recover the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, we may be required to record a material non-cash charge to earnings.

        The fair values of our reporting units generally are based on discounted cash flow projections that are believed to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable industry price multiples. Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost improvement initiatives, capacity utilization, and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. We monitor impairment indicators across all of our businesses. Significant changes in market conditions and estimates or judgments used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate a reduction in carrying value may give, and have given, rise to impairments in the period that the change becomes known.

13


We are subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force, which may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs.

        At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 18,000 employees. Eleven domestic collective bargaining agreements cover approximately 1,100 employees. We also have various collective labor arrangements covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. We are subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other potential labor disputes. Further, we may be subject to work stoppages, which are beyond our control, at our suppliers or customers.

Our technology is important to our success, and failure to develop new products may result in a significant competitive disadvantage.

        We believe that the development and protection of our intellectual property rights is critical to the success of our business. In order to maintain our market positions and margins, we need to continually develop and introduce high quality, technologically advanced and cost effective products on a timely basis, in many cases in multiple jurisdictions around the world. The failure to do so could result in a significant competitive disadvantage.

        Additionally, despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties or competitors may copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Expenses in connection with defending our rights may be material.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted.

        We are increasingly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information. In particular, we depend on our information technology infrastructure for electronic communications among our locations around the world and between our personnel and suppliers and customers. Security breaches of this infrastructure can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. If we are unable to prevent or adequately respond to such breaches, our operations could be disrupted or we may suffer financial damage or loss because of lost or misappropriated information.

Cost reduction actions may affect our business.

        Cost reduction actions often result in charges against earnings. These charges can vary significantly from period to period and, as a result, we may experience fluctuations in our reported net income and earnings per share due to the timing of restructuring actions, which in turn can have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our current and planned products may contain defects or errors that are detected only after delivery to customers. If that occurs, our reputation may be harmed and we may face additional costs.

        We cannot assure you that our product development, manufacturing and integration testing will be adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could impact customer satisfaction or result in claims against us with regard to our products. As a result, we may have, and from time to time have had, to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects in products that are shipped. The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by our customers or our customers' end users and other losses to us or to our customers or end users, and could also result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and loss of sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We could be affected by laws or regulations enacted in response to concerns regarding climate change.

        Changes in laws or regulations enacted in response to concerns over potential climate change could increase our costs or impact markets for our products. However, we cannot currently estimate the effects, if any, of changes in climate change-related laws or regulations on our business.

14


Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, and accordingly, we may not consummate a transaction that our shareholders consider favorable.

        Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws may inhibit changes in control of our company not approved by our Board. These provisions include, for example: a staggered board of directors; a prohibition on shareholder action by written consent; a requirement that special shareholder meetings be called only by our Chairman, President or Board; advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations; limitations on shareholders' ability to amend, alter or repeal the By-laws; enhanced voting requirements for certain business combinations involving substantial shareholders; the authority of our Board to issue, without shareholder approval, preferred stock with terms determined in its discretion; and limitations on shareholders' ability to remove directors. In addition, we are afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could have similar effects. In general, Section 203 prohibits us from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested shareholder" (each as defined in Section 203) for at least three years after the time the person became an interested shareholder unless certain conditions are met. These protective provisions could result in our not consummating a transaction that our shareholders consider favorable or discourage entities from attempting to acquire us, potentially at a significant premium to our then-existing stock price.

15



ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

        Not applicable.


ITEM 2. Properties

        The following is a summary of our principal properties, as of December 31, 2011, classified by segment:

 
   
   
  Approximate
Square Footage
 
 
   
  No. of
Facilities
 
 
  Location   Owned   Leased  
 
   
   
  (in millions)
 

Flow Technology

  11 states and 21 foreign countries     72     4.2     2.1  

Test and Measurement

  5 states and 9 foreign countries     32     0.8     1.0  

Thermal Equipment and Services

  12 states and 7 foreign countries     37     3.7     2.4  

Industrial Products and Services

  11 states and 4 foreign countries     26     1.4     0.6  
                   

Total

        167     10.1     6.1  
                   

        In addition to manufacturing plants, we lease our corporate office in Charlotte, NC, our Asia Pacific center in Shanghai, China, our European shared service center in Manchester, United Kingdom and various sales, service and other locations throughout the world. We consider these properties, as well as the related machinery and equipment, to be well maintained and suitable and adequate for their intended purposes.


ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

        We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. In our opinion, these matters are either without merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect individually or in the aggregate on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, we cannot assure you that these proceedings or claims will not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

        See "Risk Factors," "MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Contingent Liabilities," and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of legal proceedings.


ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

        Not applicable.

16





P A R T    I I

ITEM 5. Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "SPW."

        Set forth below are the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite transaction reporting system for each quarterly period during the years 2011 and 2010, together with dividend information.

 
  High   Low   Dividends
per Share
 

2011

                   

4th Quarter

  $ 63.46   $ 42.00   $ 0.25  

3rd Quarter

    85.58     45.31     0.25  

2nd Quarter

    86.45     73.71     0.25  

1st Quarter

    85.97     70.57     0.25  

 

 
  High   Low   Dividends
per Share
 

2010

                   

4th Quarter

  $ 71.83   $ 62.06   $ 0.25  

3rd Quarter

    64.14     51.36     0.25  

2nd Quarter

    70.85     51.45     0.25  

1st Quarter

    67.21     54.16     0.25  

        The actual amount of each quarterly dividend, as well as each declaration date, record date and payment date is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, and the target dividend level may be adjusted during the year at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The factors the Board of Directors consider in determining the actual amount of each quarterly dividend includes our financial performance and ongoing capital needs, our ability to declare and pay dividends under the terms of our credit facilities and any other debt instruments, and other factors deemed relevant.

        There were no repurchases of common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2011. The approximate number of shareholders of record of our common stock as of February 21, 2012 was 3,615.

17



Company Performance

        This graph shows a five year comparison of cumulative total returns for SPX, the S&P Composite Index and the S&P Capital Goods Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2006 and the reinvestment of dividends.

GRAPHIC

18



ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

 
  As of and for the year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In millions, except per share amounts)
 

Summary of Operations

                               

Revenues(1)

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6   $ 5,826.6   $ 4,532.5  

Operating income(2)(3)

    338.9     343.2     171.0     471.6     407.5  

Other expense, net(4)

    (56.3 )   (21.3 )   (19.7 )   (1.2 )   (2.3 )

Interest expense, net(5)

    (91.3 )   (107.4 )   (84.6 )   (105.1 )   (71.1 )

Equity earnings in joint ventures

    28.4     30.2     29.4     45.5     39.9  
                       

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    219.7     244.7     96.1     410.8     374.0  

Income tax provision(6)

    (34.4 )   (53.1 )   (47.1 )   (152.3 )   (84.2 )
                       

Income from continuing operations

    185.3     191.6     49.0     258.5     289.8  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(4)(7)

    0.3     11.2     (32.8 )   14.3     6.3  
                       

Net income

    185.6     202.8     16.2     272.8     296.1  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(7)

    5.0     (2.8 )   (15.5 )   24.9     1.9  
                       

Net income attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 180.6   $ 205.6   $ 31.7   $ 247.9   $ 294.2  
                       

Basic income per share of common stock:

                               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 3.57   $ 3.91   $ 0.96   $ 4.70   $ 5.22  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    0.01     0.23     (0.32 )   (0.07 )   0.09  
                       

Net income per share

  $ 3.58   $ 4.14   $ 0.64   $ 4.63   $ 5.31  
                       

Diluted income per share of common stock:

                               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 3.54   $ 3.86   $ 0.95   $ 4.63   $ 5.13  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

        0.22     (0.31 )   (0.07 )   0.08  
                       

Net income per share

  $ 3.54   $ 4.08   $ 0.64   $ 4.56   $ 5.21  
                       

Dividends declared per share

  $ 1.00   $ 1.00   $ 1.00   $ 1.00   $ 1.00  

Other financial data:

                               

Total assets

  $ 7,391.8   $ 5,993.3   $ 5,725.0   $ 6,138.1   $ 6,237.4  

Total debt

    2,001.1     1,197.6     1,279.0     1,344.7     1,567.8  

Other long-term obligations

    1,281.1     1,056.5     1,055.0     912.4     812.8  

SPX shareholders' equity

    2,227.3     2,097.7     1,870.8     1,990.8     1,986.0  

Noncontrolling interests

    10.0     6.3     10.7     34.0     10.4  

Capital expenditures

    154.1     75.7     92.8     116.4     82.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    120.7     113.0     105.9     104.5     73.4  

(1)
On December 22, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Clyde Union within our Flow Technology segment. Revenues for Clyde Union for the period January 1, 2011 to the date of acquisition and for 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, none of which are included above, totaled $434.2, $403.4, $395.4, $203.5, and $89.6, respectively.


On December 31, 2007, we completed the acquisition of APV within our Flow Technology segment. Revenues for APV in 2007, which are not included above, totaled approximately $876.0.

(2)
During 2011, operating income included an insurance recovery of $6.3 related to a product liability matter.


During 2011, we incurred charges of $10.3 associated with changes in cost estimates for certain contracts in South Africa within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.


During 2009, operating income was reduced by $9.5 related to the settlement of two product liability matters.


During 2007, an internal audit of an operation in Japan uncovered employee misconduct and improper accounting entries. Correction of these matters resulted in a charge of $7.4 during 2007, with a reduction of $2.3 to revenues, $4.5 recorded to cost of products sold and $0.6 recorded to selling, general and administrative expense.

19



During 2007, we recorded charges related to the settlement of a legacy product liability matter within our Industrial Products and Services segment of $8.5. We also recorded a benefit of $5.0 during 2007 within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment as a result of cost improvements associated with a state-approved environmental remediation plan at a site in California.

(3)
In 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we incurred net special charges of $31.4, $36.4, $73.1, $17.2 and $5.2, respectively, associated with restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing and other facilities, as well as asset impairments. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for further details.


In 2011, we recorded a charge of $28.3 related to the impairment of goodwill ($20.8) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($7.5) of our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit.


In 2010, we recorded a charge of $1.7 related to the impairment of trademarks for a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.


In 2009, we recorded a charge of $187.7 related to the impairment of goodwill and $1.0 related to the impairment of other intangible assets for our Service Solutions reporting unit. Additionally, we recorded a charge of $6.1 related to the impairment of trademarks for a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.


In 2008, we recorded $123.0 of charges related to the impairment of goodwill ($114.1) and other intangible assets ($8.9) for our Weil-McLain subsidiary.


In 2007, we recorded charges of $5.0 within corporate expense related to legacy legal matters.


In 2007, we recorded an impairment charge of $4.0 associated with other intangible assets held by a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.


See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of impairment charges associated with goodwill and intangible assets.

(4)
During 2011, we recorded a charge of $19.4 associated with amounts that are deemed uncollectible from an insolvent insurer for certain risk management matters. Of the $19.4 charge, $18.2 was recorded to "Other expense, net" and $1.2 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax."


In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we incurred charges of $37.0, $17.3 and $7.7, respectively, associated with foreign currency forward contracts ("FX forward contracts") and currency forward embedded derivatives ("FX embedded derivatives"), while in 2008 we recorded income of $4.5 for these instruments. The 2011 amount includes a charge of $34.6 related to our hedging a significant portion of the purchase price of the Clyde Union acquisition.


In 2008, we recorded a charge of $9.5 relating to the settlement of a lawsuit arising out of a 1997 business disposition.

(5)
Interest expense, net included charges in 2010 of $25.6 associated with the loss on early extinguishment of the then-existing interest rate protection agreements and term loan (see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements) and losses on early extinguishment of debt of $3.3 in 2007.

(6)
During 2011, we adopted an alternative method of allocating certain expenses between foreign and domestic sources for federal income tax purposes. As a result of this election, we determined that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our existing foreign tax credits within the remaining carryforward period. Accordingly, during 2011, we released the valuation allowance on our foreign tax credit carryforwards, resulting in an income tax benefit of $27.8. In addition, during 2011, we recorded income tax benefits of $2.5 associated with the conclusion of a Canadian appeals process and $7.7 for tax credits related to the expansion of our power transformer plant in Waukesha, WI. These tax benefits were offset partially by $6.9 of federal income taxes that were provided in connection with our plan to repatriate a portion of the earnings of a foreign subsidiary.


During 2010, we recorded an income tax benefit of $18.2 in connection with the completion of the field examinations of our 2006 to 2007 federal income tax returns and a tax benefit of $16.0 related to a reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions associated with various foreign and domestic statute expirations and the settlement of state examinations. These benefits were offset partially by domestic charges of $6.2 associated with the taxation of prescription drug costs for retirees under Medicare Part D as a result of the 2010 enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the "PPAC Act") and $3.6 associated with the repatriation of foreign earnings.


During 2009, we recorded an income tax benefit of $4.9 associated with the loss on an investment in a foreign subsidiary. In addition, we recorded income tax benefits of $7.9 during 2009 related to a reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions

20


    associated with statute expirations and audit settlements in certain tax jurisdictions. Lastly, the tax benefit associated with the aggregate impairment charges of $194.8 noted above was only $25.6.


During 2008, we recorded an income tax benefit of $25.6 associated with the audit settlement of our federal income tax returns for 2003 through 2005. In addition, the tax benefit associated with the $123.0 of impairment charges noted above was only $3.6.


During 2007, in connection with the resolution of certain matters related to our federal income tax returns for the years 1995 through 2002, we recorded an income tax benefit of $16.8. In addition, during 2007, we recorded an income tax benefit of $11.5 associated with a reduction in the statutory tax rates in Germany and the United Kingdom. Lastly, during 2007, we recorded an income tax benefit of $3.5 associated with the settlement of certain income tax matters in the United Kingdom, a $4.9 benefit for the reduction of taxes accrued in prior years, and a $3.7 refund in China related to an earnings reinvestment plan.

(7)
The original plan for disposing our Filtran business (see Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion) contemplated the buyout of the minority interest shareholder in order to allow us to sell 100% of the Filtran business. As a result of the planned divestiture, and in consideration of the contemplated buyout of the minority interest shareholder, we recorded a total impairment charge attributable to SPX common shareholders of $23.0 during 2008 in order to reduce the carrying value of the Filtran net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value. Of the $23.0 charge, $6.5 was recorded to "Income (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax." In October 2009, we completed the sale of the Filtran business for total consideration of approximately $15.0. In connection with the sale, we did not buy out the minority interest shareholder and, thus, only sold our share of the Filtran business. As a result, we reclassified $16.5 of the impairment charge incurred during 2008 from "Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests" to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our 2009 consolidated statement of operations.

21



ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

(All amounts are in millions)

        The following should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Executive Overview

        Our financial results for 2011 were mixed as our Flow Technology and Test and Measurement segments experienced organic revenue growth and increases in segment income and margins, while our Thermal Equipment and Services and Industrial Products and Services segments had only minimal organic revenue growth and declines in segment income and margins. On a consolidated basis, revenues increased 11.8%, of which 7.1% was due to organic growth, while segment income totaled $580.2 in 2011, compared to $560.3 in 2010. Operating results for 2011 were impacted favorably by growth across all the Flow Technology segment's end markets (i.e. food and beverage, power and energy, and general industrial) as well as increased demand from the automotive OEMs and aftermarket served by our Test and Measurement segment, largely driven by recovery in the automotive market. Our Thermal Equipment and Services segment was impacted negatively by continued delay in the recovery of late cycle power markets in the United States and Europe and a significant decline in sales of high-margin dry cooling products in China. The pricing of power transformers within our Industrial Products and Services segment generally remained at depressed levels, impacting recovery in that segment.

        Cash flows from continuing operations totaled $326.4 in 2011 compared to $256.7 in 2010. The 2011 figure included payments of $34.6 relating to the settlement of currency protection agreements entered into as hedges of the purchase price of the Clyde Union acquisition, which was paid in British Pounds ("GBP"). The 2010 figure included $100.0 of voluntary contributions to our domestic pension plans.

        Other matters of note, including significant items that impacted our 2011 financial performance, are as follows:

22


23



Results of Continuing Operations

        Seasonality and Competition — Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. In addition, certain businesses have seasonal fluctuations. Our heating and ventilation products businesses tend to be stronger during the third and fourth quarters, as customer buying habits are driven largely by seasonal weather patterns. Demand for cooling towers and related services is highly correlated to timing on large construction contracts, which may cause significant fluctuations from period to period. Revenues for our Service Solutions business typically follow program launch timing for diagnostic systems and service equipment. In aggregate, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.

        Although our businesses operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by segment since our competitors do not offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets. In addition, specific reliable comparative figures are not available for many of our competitors. In most product groups, competition comes from numerous concerns, both large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product performance, technical innovations and price. These methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe we can compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors as they apply to the various products and services we offer. See "Business — Segments" for a discussion of our competitors.

        Non-GAAP Measures — Organic revenue growth (decline) presented herein is defined as revenue growth (decline) excluding the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, acquisitions and divestitures. We believe that this metric is a useful financial measure for investors in evaluating our operating performance for the periods presented, as when read in conjunction with our revenues, it presents a useful tool to evaluate our ongoing operations and provides investors with a tool they can use to evaluate our management of assets held from period to period. In addition, organic revenue growth (decline) is one of the factors we use in internal evaluations of the overall performance of our business. This metric, however, is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and should not be considered a substitute for revenue growth (decline) as determined in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

        The following table provides selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, including the reconciliation of organic revenue growth (decline) to net revenue growth (decline), as defined herein:

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Revenues

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6     11.8     0.9  

Gross profit

    1,535.3     1,432.8     1,419.6     7.2     0.9  

% of revenues

    28.1 %   29.3 %   29.3 %            

Selling, general and administrative expense

    1,103.0     1,024.4     959.2     7.7     6.8  

% of revenues

    20.2 %   21.0 %   19.8 %            

Intangible amortization

    33.7     27.1     21.5     24.4     26.0  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    28.3     1.7     194.8     *     *  

Special charges, net

    31.4     36.4     73.1     *     *  

Other expense, net

    (56.3 )   (21.3 )   (19.7 )   164.3     8.1  

Interest expense, net

    (91.3 )   (81.8 )   (84.6 )   11.6     (3.3 )

Loss on early extinguishment of interest rate protection agreements and term loan

        (25.6 )       *     *  

Equity earnings in joint ventures

    28.4     30.2     29.4     (6.0 )   2.7  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    219.7     244.7     96.1     (10.2 )   154.6  

Income tax provision

    (34.4 )   (53.1 )   (47.1 )   (35.2 )   12.7  

Income from continuing operations

    185.3     191.6     49.0     (3.3 )   291.0  

Components of consolidated revenues growth:

                               

Organic growth (decline)

                      7.1     (2.4 )

Foreign currency

                      2.4     (0.5 )

Acquisitions

                      2.3     3.8  
                             

Net revenues growth

                      11.8     0.9  

*
Not meaningful for comparison purposes.

24


        Revenues — For 2011, the increase in revenues, compared to 2010, was due to organic revenue growth, the impact of the weaker U.S. dollar in 2011, and incremental revenues of $110.5 associated with the acquisitions of Clyde Union, e&e, Murdoch and DS in 2011, and Anhydro, TTS, and Gerstenberg in 2010. The organic revenue growth was attributable primarily to additional sales into the food and beverage, power and energy, and general industrial end markets of our Flow Technology segment, increased demand for diagnostic service tools by our automotive OEM customers and their dealers within our Test and Measurement segment, increases in evaporative cooling product revenues in the Americas within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment, and greater demand for hydraulic tools and equipment within our Industrial Products and Services segment. These increases in organic revenue were offset partially by volume declines of dry cooling products in China and at SPX Heat Transfer Inc.

        For 2010, the increase in revenues, compared to 2009, was primarily the result of $182.5 of incremental revenues associated with the acquisitions of Anhydro, TTS and Gerstenberg in 2010 and SPX Heat Transfer Inc. in December 2009. This increase in revenues was offset partially by organic declines resulting from lower sales of (i) power transformers, (ii) cooling systems and products and thermal services and equipment in the Americas and Europe, (iii) products into the oil and gas end market served by our Flow Technology segment, and (iv) large scale systems to the food and beverage end market served by our Flow Technology segment. These declines in organic revenues were offset partially by organic growth attributable to sales of (i) cooling systems and products and thermal services and equipment in China and South Africa and (ii) diagnostic service tools to automotive OEMs and the aftermarket.

        Gross Profit — The increase in gross profit for 2011, when compared to 2010, was due primarily to the revenue performance described above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues for 2011 was impacted by:

        The increase in gross profit for 2010, when compared to 2009, was due primarily to the revenue performance described above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues was impacted by:

        The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenues for 2010, when compared to 2009, was offset almost entirely by lower pricing on power transformers.

        Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense — For 2011, the increase in SG&A expense, when compared to 2010, of $78.6 was due primarily to:

25


        The above increases in SG&A were offset partially by a decline in incentive compensation during 2011 of $11.1.

        For 2010, the increase in SG&A expense, when compared to 2009, of $65.2 was due primarily to:

        Intangible Amortization — For 2011, the increase in intangible amortization, when compared to 2010, was primarily due to incremental amortization associated with intangible assets purchased in the Clyde Union, e&e, Murdoch, DS, Anhydro, TTS, and Gerstenberg acquisitions.

        For 2010, the increase in intangible amortization, when compared to 2009, was due to incremental amortization expense associated with the intangible assets purchased in the Anhydro, TTS, Gerstenberg and SPX Heat Transfer Inc. acquisitions.

        Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — During 2011, we recorded impairment charges of $28.3 associated with the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit, with $20.8 of the charge related to goodwill and $7.5 to trademarks.

        During 2010, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.7 related to trademarks of a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.

        During 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $187.7 associated with the goodwill of our Service Solutions reporting unit. We also recorded an impairment charges of $1.0 related to certain intangible assets of our Service Solutions reporting unit and $6.1 related to trademarks of a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.

        See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the above impairment charges.

        Special Charges, Net — Special charges related primarily to restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing, distribution, sales and administrative facilities, reduce workforce and rationalize certain product lines. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for the details of actions taken in 2011, 2010 and 2009. The components of special charges, net, are as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Employee termination costs

  $ 13.2   $ 21.2   $ 48.0  

Facility consolidation costs

    5.7     5.1     5.6  

Other cash costs

    0.4     2.2     8.4  

Non-cash asset write-downs

    12.1     7.9     11.1  
               

Total special charges, net

  $ 31.4   $ 36.4   $ 73.1  
               

        Other Expense, Net — For 2011, other expense, net, was composed primarily of charges associated with our FX forward contracts of $38.5 and foreign currency transaction losses of $6.2, partially offset by gains on FX embedded derivatives of $1.5 and insurance proceeds received of $3.2 related to death benefit and property insurance claims. The expense associated with the FX forward contracts included a charge of $34.6 related to our hedging a significant portion of the purchase price of the Clyde Union acquisition. In addition, and as discussed in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements, we maintain insurance for certain risk management matters. During 2011, we recorded a charge of $18.2 to other expense, net associated with amounts that are deemed uncollectible from an insolvent insurer for certain risk management matters. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further details.

        For 2010, other expense, net, was composed primarily of charges associated with our FX forward contracts and FX embedded derivatives of $17.3 (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements) and foreign currency transaction losses of $10.3, partially offset by investment related income of $9.5.

26


        For 2009, other expense, net, was composed primarily of foreign currency transaction losses of $13.3 and charges associated with our FX forward contracts and FX embedded derivatives of $7.7 (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements), partially offset by a $1.4 gain associated with the final settlement of a product line sale that occurred in 2006.

        Interest Expense, Net — Interest expense, net, includes both interest expense and interest income. The increase in interest expense, net, when compared to 2010, was the result of replacing the term loan under our then-existing senior credit facilities (a loan that carried an interest rate, inclusive of the impact of the related interest rate protection agreements ("Swaps"), of approximately 5.0%) with the $600.0 of 6.875% senior notes in August 2010.

        The decline in interest expense, net for 2010, when compared to 2009, was the result of lower average debt balances and a lower average interest rate on the variable rate portion of our senior credit facilities.

        Loss on Early Extinguishment of Interest Rate Protection Agreements and Term Loan — During 2010, we incurred $25.6 of charges in connection with the August 2010 repayment of the term loan under our then-existing senior credit facilities (see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements), with $24.3 associated with the early termination of the related Swaps and the remainder with the write-off of deferred financing costs and early termination fees.

        Equity Earnings in Joint Ventures — Our equity earnings in joint ventures were attributable primarily to our investment in EGS, as earnings from this investment totaled $28.7, $28.8 and $28.0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Income Taxes — For 2011, we recorded an income tax provision of $34.4 on $219.7 of pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 15.7%. During 2011, we adopted an alternative method of allocating certain expenses between foreign and domestic sources for federal income tax purposes. As a result of this election, we determined that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our existing foreign tax credits within the remaining carryforward period. Accordingly, during 2011, we released the valuation allowance on our foreign tax credit carryforwards, resulting in an income tax benefit of $27.8. In addition, during 2011 we recorded income tax benefits of $2.5 associated with the conclusion of a Canadian appeals process and $7.7 of tax credits related to the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI. These benefits were offset partially by $6.9 of federal income taxes that were incurred in connection with our plan to repatriate a portion of the earnings of a foreign subsidiary.

        For 2010, we recorded an income tax provision of $53.1 on $244.7 of pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 21.7%. The effective tax rate for 2010 was impacted favorably by a tax benefit of $18.2 that was recorded in connection with the completion of the field examinations of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns and tax benefits of $16.0 related to the reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions associated with various foreign and domestic statute expirations and the settlement of state examinations. These benefits were offset partially by domestic charges of $6.2 associated with the taxation of prescription drug costs for retirees under Medicare Part D as a result of enactment of the PPAC Act during the year and $3.6 associated with the repatriation of foreign earnings.

        For 2009, we recorded an income tax provision of $47.1 on $96.1 of pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 49.0%. The effective tax rate for 2009 was negatively impacted by the impairment charges of $194.8 (see above), which generated an income tax benefit of only $25.6. The increase in the 2009 effective tax rate was offset partially by an income tax benefit of $4.9 associated with the loss on an investment in a foreign subsidiary. In addition, we recorded tax benefits of $7.9 during 2009 related to a reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions associated with statute expirations and audit settlements in certain tax jurisdictions.


Results of Discontinued Operations

        For 2011, 2010 and 2009, income (loss) from discontinued operations and the related income taxes are shown below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Loss from discontinued operations

  $ (3.0 ) $ (1.2 ) $ (53.7 )

Income tax benefit

    3.3     12.4     20.9  
               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

  $ 0.3   $ 11.2   $ (32.8 )
               

        For 2011, 2010 and 2009 results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued operations were as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues

  $   $ 5.9   $ 90.3  

Pre-tax loss

        (0.5 )   (4.7 )

27


Discontinued Operations

        We report businesses or asset groups as discontinued operations when, among other things, we commit to a plan to divest the business or asset group, actively begin marketing the business or asset group, and when the sale of the business or asset group is deemed probable within the next 12 months. The following businesses, which have been sold, met these requirements and therefore have been reported as discontinued operations for the periods presented.

Business
  Quarter
Discontinued
  Quarter Sale
Closed
 

Cooling Spain Packaging business ("Cooling Spain")

    Q4 2010     Q4 2010  

P.S.D., Inc. ("PSD")

    Q2 2009     Q1 2010  

Automotive Filtration Solutions business ("Filtran")

    Q4 2008     Q4 2009  

Dezurik

    Q3 2008     Q1 2009  

        Cooling Spain — Sold for cash consideration of one Euro (exclusive of cash transferred with the business of $2.3), resulting in a loss, net of taxes, of $1.9 during 2010. During 2011, we recorded a net charge of $0.1 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in connection with adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained.

        PSD — Sold for cash consideration of $3.0, resulting in a gain, net of taxes, of $3.6 during 2010. During 2009, we recorded a net charge of $7.3 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in order to reduce the carrying value of the net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value.

        Filtran — Our original plan for disposition contemplated the buyout of the minority interest shareholder in order to allow us to sell 100% of the Filtran business. As a result of the planned divestiture, and in consideration of the contemplated buyout of the minority interest shareholder, we recorded a total impairment charge attributable to SPX common shareholders of $23.0 during 2008 in order to reduce the carrying value of the Filtran net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value. Of the $23.0 charge, $6.5 was recorded to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our 2008 consolidated statement of operations.

        In October 2009, we completed the sale of the Filtran business for total consideration of approximately $15.0, including $10.0 in cash and a promissory note of $5.0. In connection with the sale, we did not buy out the minority interest shareholder and, thus, sold only our share of the Filtran business. As a result, we reclassified $16.5 of the impairment charge incurred during 2008 from "Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests" to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in 2009. This reclassification had no impact on net income attributable to SPX common shareholders. In addition, based on the amount of consideration received and adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained, we recorded an additional charge of $7.7 during 2009 to "Gain (Loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax."

        During 2011 and 2010, we recorded a net loss of $0.1 and a net gain of $1.3, respectively, to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statements of operations related primarily to adjustments to certain tax liabilities that we retained. In addition, in 2010, we were paid in full (i.e., $5.0) for the promissory note previously mentioned.

        Dezurik — Sold for total consideration of $23.5, including $18.8 in cash and a promissory note of $4.7, resulting in a loss, net of taxes, of $1.6 during 2009. During 2008, we recorded a net charge of $6.0 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statements of operations in order to reduce the carrying value of the net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value. During 2011 and 2010, we recorded net charges of $0.2 and $0.1, respectively, in connection with adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained and, in 2010, we received payment of the promissory note mentioned above.

        In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net gains of $0.7, $1.5 and $6.7 during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on businesses that were sold (and included in discontinued operations) prior to 2009.

        During 2010, the field examinations of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns were completed by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). In connection with the completion of these examinations, we reduced our liability for uncertain tax positions and recognized an income tax benefit of $7.3 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" associated with a business previously disposed of and reported as a discontinued operation.

        The final sales price for certain of the divested businesses is subject to adjustment based on working capital existing at the respective closing dates. The working capital figures are subject to agreement with the buyers or, if we cannot come to agreement with the buyers, an arbitration process. Final agreement of the working capital figures with the buyers for some of these transactions has yet to occur. In addition, changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a

28


business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may occur. It is possible that the sales price and resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted in subsequent periods. Refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the tax implications associated with our dispositions.


Segment Results of Operations

        The following information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The segment results exclude the operating results of discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of each of our reportable segments.

        Non-GAAP Measures — Throughout the following discussion of segment results, we use "organic revenue" growth (decline) to facilitate explanation of the operating performance of our segments. Organic revenue growth (decline) is a non-GAAP financial measure, and is not a substitute for revenue growth (decline). Refer to the explanation of this measure and purpose of use by management under "Results of Continuing Operations — Non-GAAP Measures."

Flow Technology

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Revenues

  $ 2,042.0   $ 1,662.2   $ 1,634.1     22.8     1.7  

Segment income

    268.4     215.6     210.9     24.5     2.2  

% of revenues

    13.1 %   13.0 %   12.9 %            

Components of segment revenue growth:

                               

Organic growth (decline)

                      15.1     (4.1 )

Foreign currency

                      3.4     0.2  

Acquisitions

                      4.3     5.6  
                             

Net segment revenue growth

                      22.8     1.7  

        Revenues — For 2011, the increase in revenues, compared to 2010, was due to organic revenue growth, incremental revenues of $71.5 associated with the 2011 acquisitions of Clyde Union, e&e, and Murdoch and the 2010 acquisitions of Anhydro and Gerstenberg, and the favorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar during 2011. Organic revenue growth was attributable primarily to additional sales into the food and beverage, power and energy and general industrial end markets.

        For 2010, the increase in revenues, compared to 2009, was due primarily to $91.6 of incremental revenues associated with the acquisitions of Anhydro and Gerstenberg in 2010. This increase was offset partially by a decline in organic revenue primarily associated with lower demand within the oil and gas end market and for large scale systems within the food and beverage end market.

        Segment Income — For 2011, segment income and margins, compared to 2010, were impacted favorably by the organic revenue growth noted above and savings from restructuring activities initiated in 2011 and 2010 associated with the integration of the Anhydro and Gerstenberg acquisitions. The increase in segment margins was offset partially by the impact of a higher percentage of low-margin systems' revenue during 2011.

        For 2010, segment income and margins, compared to 2009, were impacted favorably by the benefits of 2009 restructuring actions and other operating initiatives. In addition, segment income for 2010 was impacted favorably by incremental profits of $3.6 associated with the Anhydro and Gerstenberg acquisitions. This increase in segment income and margin generally was offset by the impact of the decline in organic revenue noted above.

Test and Measurement

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Revenues

  $ 1,067.8     $924.0     $810.4     15.6     14.0  

Segment income

    110.7     76.6     51.4     44.5     49.0  

% of revenues

    10.4 %   8.3 %   6.3 %            

Components of segment revenue growth:

                               

Organic growth

                      9.1     15.1  

Foreign currency

                      2.4     (1.1 )

Acquisitions

                      4.1      
                             

Net segment revenue growth

                      15.6     14.0  

29


        Revenues — For 2011, the increase in revenues, compared to 2010, was due to an increase in organic revenue, incremental revenues of $37.6 associated with the acquisition of DS, and the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar during 2011. The organic revenue growth was attributable primarily to an increase in sales to the segment's automotive OEM customers as a result of our continued global expansion, particularly in Asia Pacific, as well as recent new vehicle introductions by a number of OEMs and changes in regulations, both of which favorably impacted the demand for our diagnostic tools.

        For 2010, the increase in revenues, compared to 2009, was due to organic revenue growth associated primarily with additional sales to the automotive OEMs and aftermarket.

        Segment Income — For 2011, the increase in segment income and margin, compared to 2010, was due primarily to the organic revenue increase noted above as well as contributions from the acquisition of DS.

        For 2010, the increase in segment income and margin, compared to 2009, was due primarily to the organic revenue growth noted above and benefits associated with 2009 restructuring actions.

Thermal Equipment and Services

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Revenues

  $ 1,644.2   $ 1,602.1   $ 1,595.5     2.6     0.4  

Segment income

    141.9     193.7     171.8     (26.7 )   12.7  

% of revenues

    8.6 %   12.1 %   10.8 %            

Components of segment revenue growth:

                               

Organic growth (decline)

                      0.4     (4.0 )

Foreign currency

                      2.2     (1.1 )

Acquisitions

                          5.5  
                             

Net segment revenue growth

                      2.6     0.4  

        Revenues — For 2011, the increase in revenues, compared to 2010, was due primarily to the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar. Organic revenue growth was minimal in 2011 as increases in evaporative cooling revenues in the Americas generally were offset by declines in sales of dry cooling products in China, due to increases in local competition, as well as decreases in sales at SPX Heat Transfer Inc. resulting from the challenging conditions within the U.S. power market.

        For 2010, the increase in revenues, compared to 2009, was due to $87.4 of incremental revenues associated with the December 2009 SPX Heat Transfer Inc. acquisition. This increase was offset partially by a decline in organic revenue associated with lower sales of cooling systems and products and thermal services and equipment in the Americas and Europe, which more than offset organic growth in China and South Africa.

        Segment Income — For 2011, the decrease in segment income and margins, compared to 2010, was primarily the result of a decline in sales of dry cooling products in China, which historically carry much higher profit margins than sales of evaporative products, and the revenue decline related to SPX Heat Transfer Inc. noted above. In addition, segment income and margins for 2011 were impacted negatively by net charges of $10.3 associated with changes in cost estimates for certain contracts in South Africa.

        For 2010, the increase in segment income and margin, compared to 2009, was due primarily to improved project execution and favorable project mix. In addition, segment income for 2010 included incremental profits of $9.4 associated with the SPX Heat Transfer Inc. acquisition.

Industrial Products and Services

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Revenues

  $ 707.9   $ 698.5   $ 805.6     1.3     (13.3 )

Segment income

    59.2     74.4     153.7     (20.4 )   (51.6 )

% of revenues

    8.4 %   10.7 %   19.1 %            

Components of segment revenue growth (decline):

                               

Organic growth (decline)

                      0.8     (13.6 )

Foreign currency

                      0.3     (0.1 )

Acquisitions

                      0.2     0.4  
                             

Net segment revenue growth (decline)

                      1.3     (13.3 )

30


        Revenues — For 2011, the increase in revenues, compared to 2010, was due primarily to an increase in organic revenue. The increase in organic revenues primarily was attributable to greater demand for hydraulic tools and equipment and increases in power transformer sales' volumes. This increase was offset partially by declines in power transformer prices and lower sales of precision machine components to the aerospace industry.

        For 2010, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2009, was due to a decline in organic revenue associated primarily with a reduction in power transformer pricing and volume. This decrease in organic revenue was offset partially by increases in sales of hydraulic tools and equipment, communication equipment, and solar power products.

        Segment Income — For 2011, the decrease in segment income and margin, compared to 2010, was due primarily to declines in power transformer prices and sales of precision machine components, as well as start-up costs of 11.4 associated with the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI. This decrease was offset partially by an insurance recovery during 2011 of $6.3 related to a product liability matter and a more favorable sales mix within our laboratory equipment product lines.

        For 2010, the decrease in segment income and margin, compared to 2009, was due to the organic revenue decline noted above, including the impact of reduced sales prices on power transformers.

Corporate Expense and Other Expense

 
  2011   2010   2009   2011 vs.
2010%
  2010 vs.
2009%
 

Total consolidated revenues

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6     11.8     0.9  

Corporate expense

    104.3     95.5     83.8     9.2     14.0  

% of revenues

    1.9 %   2.0 %   1.7 %            

Stock-based compensation expense

    41.4     31.1     27.6     33.1     12.7  

Pension and postretirement expense

    35.9     52.4     37.5     (31.5 )   39.7  

        Corporate Expense — Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters and our Asia Pacific center in Shanghai, China. For 2011, the increase in corporate expense, compared to 2010, was due primarily to additional costs associated with certain corporate-led initiatives (e.g., global expansion and innovation) and transaction fees of $7.2, partially offset by a decline in incentive compensation expense of $5.2.

        For 2010, the increase in corporate expense, compared to 2009, was due primarily to marketing expenditures associated with our SPX branding initiative and increases in deferred compensation associated with current year earnings on participant account balances.

        Stock-based Compensation Expense — For 2011, the increase in stock-based compensation, compared to 2010, was due primarily to an increase in the fair value of our 2011 restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, and an increase in the number of shares granted in 2011, primarily to participants who already met the service requirements under the plan at the time of the 2011 grant (i.e., age 55 and five years of service). The weighted-average fair value of our 2011 stock-based compensation awards increased approximately 28% compared to the weighted-average fair value of our 2010 awards.

        For 2010, the increase in stock-based compensation, compared to 2009, was due primarily to an increase in the fair value of our 2010 restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. The weighted-average fair value of our 2010 stock-based compensation awards increased approximately 47% compared to the weighted-average fair value of our 2009 awards.

        Pension and Postretirement Expense — Pension and postretirement expense represents our consolidated expense, which we do not allocate for segment reporting purposes. The decrease in pension and postretirement expense in 2011, compared to 2010, was due to an increase in the number of inactive participants in one of our domestic pension plans, which resulted in almost all of the plan participants being inactive. Accordingly, in 2011, we began amortizing the unrecognized gains/losses over the average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants as opposed to the average remaining service period of the active participants. This change resulted in a reduction in pension expense of approximately $20.0 in 2011.

        The increase in pension and postretirement expense for 2010, compared to 2009, was due primarily to a decrease in the discount rate used to value our various plans.

31



Outlook

        The following table highlights our backlog as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the revenue and profit margin expectations for our segments during 2012 based on information available at the time of this report.

Segment
  Comments
Flow Technology   We are projecting 2012 revenues to increase between 33% and 38% primarily as a result of incremental revenues from the 2011 acquisitions. In addition, we are targeting mid to high single digit organic revenue growth driven by continued expansion into emerging markets, particularly in the food and beverage and general industrial sectors. We are projecting margins to be between 11.5% and 12.0% for 2012, which includes dilution of approximately 100 basis points related to Clyde Union. The segment had backlog of $1,440.4 and $789.2 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the $651.2 increase in backlog, $536.9 is attributable to the 2011 acquisitions. We expect to convert approximately 85% of the segment's year-end 2011 backlog to revenues in 2012.

Test and Measurement

 

As previously noted, we recently entered into an agreement to sell our Service Solutions business. We expect to complete the sale during the first half of 2012 and to account for Service Solutions as a discontinued operation beginning in the first quarter of 2012. The 2012 revenues for the remaining businesses within the segment are expected to be less than $160.0, while the backlog for these businesses was not material at December 31, 2011.

Thermal Equipment and Services

 

We are projecting 2012 revenues to decrease between 9% and 14% primarily as a result of continuing challenges within the power generation market. We are projecting margins to be between 8.2% and 8.7% for 2012. We had backlog of $1,054.9 and $1,625.1 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, across the segment, with the majority in our cooling systems and products and thermal services and equipment businesses. We expect to convert approximately 59% of the segment's year-end 2011 backlog to revenues in 2012. Portions of this backlog are long-term in nature, with the related revenues expected to be recorded through 2015. We expect large contracts to continue to be significant for this segment, which may contribute to large fluctuations in revenues and profits from period to period.

Industrial Products and Services

 

We are projecting 2012 revenues to increase by 10% to 15% primarily as a result of improving trends for the U.S. power transformer market and our expansion into the large power market. We are projecting margins to be between 9.7% and 10.2% in 2012. Backlog for the segment totaled $477.2 and $359.4 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect to convert approximately 84% of the segment's year-end 2011 backlog to revenues in 2012.


Liquidity and Financial Condition

        Listed below are the cash flows from (used in) operating, investing and financing activities, and discontinued operations, as well as the net change in cash and equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Continuing operations:

                   

Cash flows from operating activities

  $ 326.4   $ 256.7   $ 463.2  

Cash flows used in investing activities

    (945.9 )   (193.2 )   (212.2 )

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

    713.9     (147.0 )   (239.4 )

Cash flows from (used in) discontinued operations

    (2.2 )   7.0     32.1  

Change in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates

    3.4     9.0     3.3  
               

Net change in cash and equivalents

  $ 95.6   $ (67.5 ) $ 47.0  
               

32


2011 Compared to 2010

        Operating Activities — The increase in cash flows from operating activities for 2011 was due to the fact that 2010 operating cash flows included $100.0 of voluntary contributions to our domestic pension plans and a payment of $26.9 to terminate our Swaps. This year-over-year increase in operating cash flows was offset partially by a payment in 2011 of $34.6 to settle the foreign exchange protection agreements that were entered into in order to hedge the purchase price of Clyde Union.

        Investing Activities — The increase in cash used in investing activities for 2011 was due primarily to an increase in business acquisitions and investments (2011 — $792.5 vs. 2010 — $130.6) and an increase in capital expenditures (2011 — $154.1 vs. 2010 — $75.7). The increase in business acquisitions and investments in 2011 was primarily due to the Clyde Union acquisition ($720.3), while the increase in capital expenditures in 2011 was primarily due to $55.1 of expenditures related to the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI and $40.8 for the purchase of a manufacturing facility in Glasgow, Scotland that is occupied and was previously leased by Clyde Union.

        Financing Activities — The increase in cash flows from financing activities for 2011 was due primarily to $800.0 of term loan borrowings under our senior credit facilities during December 2011, with the proceeds used primarily for the acquisition of Clyde Union.

        Discontinued Operations — The decrease in cash flows from discontinued operations for 2011 was due primarily to cash proceeds recorded in 2010 of $3.0 in connection with the sale of PSD and for a $3.7 promissory note that was received in connection with a 2009 disposition.

2010 Compared to 2009

        Operating Activities — The decrease in cash flows from operating activities during 2010 was attributable primarily to additional investments in working capital, particularly accounts receivable, as a result of the recent organic revenue growth. During 2009, our investment in accounts receivable and inventories decreased significantly due primarily to a decline in organic revenue during the year of 14.4%, resulting in significant cash inflows during the period. In addition, during 2010, we made voluntary contributions to our domestic pension plans of $100.0 and paid $26.9 to terminate our Swaps. These items were partially offset by a decline in annual incentive compensation payments of $36.5 and cash spending on restructuring actions (2010 — $28.2 and 2009 — $67.1).

        Investing Activities — The decrease in cash used in investing activities for 2010 was due primarily to a decline in capital expenditures from $92.8 in 2009 to $75.7 in 2010. Investing cash flows for 2010 and 2009 included cash used for business acquisitions and investments of $130.6 (i.e., the Gerstenberg, TTS, and Anhydro acquisitions, and the EGS investment — see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the EGS investment) and $131.4 ($129.2 related to the SPX Heat Transfer Inc. acquisition), respectively.

        Financing Activities — The decrease in cash flows used in financing activities for 2010 was due primarily to decreases in stock repurchases. In 2009, we repurchased $113.2 of SPX common stock, compared to no open market stock repurchases in 2010. This decrease in cash flows used in financing activities was offset partially by (i) increases in net repayments on our various debt facilities during 2010 (net repayments totaled $85.2 and $74.1 in 2010 and 2009, respectively) and (ii) financing fees of $13.0 paid in 2010 relating to the $600.0 of 6.875% senior notes that were issued during 2010. There were no financing fees paid in 2009.

        Discontinued Operations — The decrease in cash flows from discontinued operations for 2010 was due primarily to cash proceeds during 2009 of (i) $28.8 received in connection with the sale of Dezurik and Filtran and (ii) $17.4 related to an income tax refund associated with the disposition of the Air Filtration business. The cash flows from discontinued operations for 2010 were composed primarily of $3.0 in proceeds received in connection with the sale of PSD, a $3.7 repayment of a note receivable that was received in connection with the sale of Dezurik, and a $5.0 repayment of a note receivable that was received in connection with the sale of Filtran, partially offset by cash of $2.3 transferred with the sale of Cooling Spain.

33


Borrowings

        The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 
  December 31,
2010
  Borrowings   Repayments   Other(5)   December 31,
2011
 

Domestic revolving loan facility

  $   $ 1,050.0   $ (1,050.0 ) $   $  

Foreign revolving loan facility

        31.1         (0.2 )   30.9  

Term loan 1(1)

        300.0             300.0  

Term loan 2(1)

        500.0             500.0  

6.875% senior notes

    600.0                 600.0  

7.625% senior notes

    500.0                 500.0  

7.50% senior notes(2)

    28.2         (28.2 )        

6.25% senior notes(3)

    21.3         (21.3 )        

Trade receivables financing arrangement

        118.0     (118.0 )        

Other indebtedness(4)

    48.1     5.6     (2.8 )   19.3     70.2  
                       

Total debt

    1,197.6   $ 2,004.7   $ (1,220.3 ) $ 19.1     2,001.1  
                           

Less: short-term debt

    36.3                       71.3  

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

    50.8                       4.2  
                             

Total long-term debt

  $ 1,110.5                     $ 1,925.6  
                             

(1)
On December 22, 2011, we drew down our delayed draw incremental term loans in the amounts of $300.0 and $500.0 (collectively the "Term Loans"). These funds were used for the acquisition of Clyde Union, which was consummated substantially contemporaneously with the borrowings.

(2)
These notes were redeemed in full in January 2011.

(3)
These notes were redeemed in full in June 2011.

(4)
Includes balances under a purchase card program of $40.4 and $36.1 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(5)
"Other" includes debt assumed, including $14.5 from the Clyde Union acquisition, and foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

New Senior Credit Facilities

        On June 30, 2011 we entered into, and on October 5, 2011, we modified, new senior credit facilities with a syndicate of lenders that replaced our then-existing senior credit facilities. The new senior credit facilities provide for committed senior secured financing of $2,600.0, consisting of the following (each with a final maturity of June 30, 2016 except for the $300.0 term loan which has a final maturity date of June 22, 2013):

        Term Loan 1 is repayable in full on the date that is 18 months after the date of funding. Term Loan 2 is repayable in quarterly installments (with annual aggregate repayments, as a percentage of the initial principal amount, of 0% for 2011 and 2012, 5% for 2013, 15% for 2014 and 20% for 2015, together with a single quarterly payment of 5% at the end of the first fiscal quarter of 2016), with the remaining balance repayable in full on June 30, 2016.

34


        In addition, the lenders in the syndicate under the new senior credit facilities generally are comparable to those that existed for the previous senior credit facilities.

        In connection with the August 2010 termination of our Swaps and the term loan under our then-existing senior credit facilities, we incurred $25.6 of costs, including $24.3 associated with the early termination of Swaps (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements), $1.1 for the write-off of deferred financing costs, and $0.2 related to an early termination fee.

        The new senior credit facilities allow additional commitments to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility and/or the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility by up to an aggregate principal amount of $200.0. The amount of the availability resets (up to a maximum of $1,000.0) as amounts are repaid under the term loans.

        We are the borrower under all the facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are borrowers under the foreign credit instrument facilities (and we may in the future designate other subsidiaries to be borrowers under the revolving credit facilities and the foreign credit instrument facilities).

        All borrowings and other extensions of credit under our new senior credit facilities are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.

        The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by any borrower on behalf of itself or any of its subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. We borrow and repay amounts under our revolving credit facilities on a regular basis during the year. During 2011, the average daily amount outstanding under these facilities was approximately $56.0 The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue credit instruments, including bank undertakings to support primarily commercial contract performance.

        At December 31, 2011, we had $83.8 and $791.4 of outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit and our foreign credit instrument facilities of our senior credit agreement, respectively. In addition, we had $3.3 of letters of credit outstanding under separate arrangements in China, India and South Africa.

        The interest rates applicable to loans under our new senior credit facilities are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate (the higher of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollar) plus, in each case, an applicable margin percentage, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings or analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents in excess of $50.0) at the date of determination to consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months for Eurodollar borrowings. The fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans are (all on a per annum basis) as follows:

Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
  Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
  Letter of
Credit
Fee
  Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee and
Bilateral
Foreign
Credit Fee
  Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee and
Bilateral
Foreign
Credit Fee
  LIBOR Rate
Loans
  ABR Loans   Term
Loan
LIBOR
Rate
Loans
  Term
Loan
ABR
Loans
 

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0

    0.40 %   0.40 %   2.00 %   0.40 %   1.25 %   2.00 %   1.00 %   2.25 %   1.25 %

Between 2.00 to 1.0 and 3.00 to 1.0

    0.35 %   0.35 %   1.875 %   0.35 %   1.125 %   1.875 %   0.875 %   2.125 %   1.125 %

Between 1.50 to 1.0 and 2.00 to 1.0

    0.30 %   0.30 %   1.75 %   0.30 %   1.00 %   1.75 %   0.75 %   2.00 %   1.00 %

Between 1.00 to 1.0 and 1.50 to 1.0

    0.275 %   0.275 %   1.50 %   0.275 %   0.875 %   1.50 %   0.50 %   1.75 %   0.75 %

Less than 1.00 to 1.0

    0.25 %   0.25 %   1.25 %   0.25 %   0.75 %   1.25 %   0.25 %   1.50 %   0.50 %

        The weighted-average interest rate of our outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities was approximately 2.49% at December 31, 2011.

        The fees for bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments, unless otherwise agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.20% per annum, respectively. We paid an upfront fee in an amount equal to an approximate average of 0.5% of the commitment of each lender providing a portion

35


of the Term Loans. In addition, we were required to pay a commitment fee in an amount equal to 0.275% per annum of the daily unused amount of the commitment of the Term Loans, which accrued from October 5, 2011 through December 22, 2011, the date on which the amounts under the Term Loans were borrowed.

        Our new senior credit facilities require mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary course of business and subject to other exceptions). Mandatory prepayments will be applied, first, to repay any amounts outstanding under the Term Loans and any other incremental term loans that we may have outstanding in the future, in the manner and order selected by us, and second, after the Term Loans and any such incremental term loans have been repaid in full, to repay amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No prepayment is required generally to the extent the net proceeds are reinvested in permitted acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days of the receipt of such proceeds. In addition, upon the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness in the form of a private or public note or bond issuance, the net proceeds of such indebtedness will be applied to the extent necessary to repay in full any amounts outstanding under Term Loan 1.

        We may voluntarily prepay loans under our new senior credit facilities, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders' breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar and LIBOR rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

        Indebtedness under our new senior credit facilities is guaranteed by:

        Indebtedness under our new senior credit facilities is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by us or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions). If our corporate credit rating is "Ba2" or less (or not rated) by Moody's and "BB" or less (or not rated) by S&P, then we and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on substantially all of our and their assets. If our corporate credit rating is "Baa3" or better by Moody's or "BBB-" or better by S&P and no defaults exist, then all collateral security will be released and the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities will be unsecured.

        Our new senior credit facilities require that we maintain:

        Our new senior credit facilities also contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. We do not expect these covenants to restrict our liquidity, financial condition or access to capital resources in the foreseeable future. Our new senior credit facilities also contain customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default.

        We are permitted under our senior credit facilities to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.50 to 1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, the aggregate amount of such repurchases and dividend declarations cannot exceed (A) $100.0 in any fiscal year plus (B) an additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after June 30, 2011 equal to the sum of (i) $300.0 and (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the credit agreement generally as consolidated net income subject to certain adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period from July 1, 2011 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit).

36


        At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenant provisions of our senior credit facilities, and the senior credit facilities did not impose any restrictions on our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends, other than those inherent in the credit agreement. While the impact of continued market volatility cannot be predicted, we do not expect an impact on our ability to comply with the covenant provisions of our senior credit facilities in the near or long-term.

        On February 16, 2012, we amended our senior credit facilities, whereby the lenders agreed, as it relates to the proceeds from the pending sale of our Service Solution business, to waive the mandatory prepayments required by the senior credit facilities. The amendment requires that the proceeds from this pending sale be used to repay $325.0 of the Term Loans ($300.0 for Term Loan 1 and $25.0 for Term Loan 2). The remaining proceeds can be used at our discretion, including cash dividend payments and share repurchases, subject to compliance with existing covenants.

Senior Notes

        In August 2010, we issued, in a private placement, $600.0 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior unsecured notes that mature in 2017. We used the proceeds from the offering to repay the remaining balance under the term loan of our then-existing senior credit facilities ($562.5), to pay $26.9 of termination costs (including $2.6 of accrued interest) for Swaps related to the then-existing term loan, and the remainder to pay the majority of the financing costs incurred in connection with the offering. The interest payment dates for these notes are March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2011. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to September 1, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain types of change of control transactions, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These notes are unsecured and rank equally with all our existing and future unsubordinated unsecured senior indebtedness, but are effectively junior to our senior credit facilities. The indenture governing these notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consummate some mergers. During the third quarter of 2011, these senior notes became freely tradable. Payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on these notes is guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our domestic subsidiaries. The likelihood of having to make payments under the guarantee is considered remote.

        In December 2007, we issued, in a private placement, $500.0 aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior unsecured notes that mature in 2014. We used the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including the financing of our acquisition of APV. The interest payment dates for these notes are June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes are redeemable, in whole, or in part, at any time prior to maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain types of change of control transactions, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These notes are unsecured and rank equally with all our existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness, but are effectively junior to our senior credit facilities. The indenture governing these notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consummate some mergers. During the first quarter of 2009, these senior notes became freely tradable.

        At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenant provisions of our senior notes.

Other Borrowings and Financing Activities

        Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under a purchase card program allowing for payment beyond their normal payment terms. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the participating businesses had $40.4 and $36.1, respectively, outstanding under this arrangement. As this arrangement extends the payment of our businesses' payables beyond their normal payment terms through third-party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.

        We are party to a trade receivables financing agreement, whereby we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $130.0. Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $130.0 program limit. We had no available borrowing capacity under the facility at December 31, 2011. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.

37


Availability

        At December 31, 2011, we had $485.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect to $30.9 of outstanding borrowings on the foreign revolving loan facility and $83.8 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, at December 31, 2011, we had $408.6 of available issuance capacity under our foreign trade facility after giving effect to $791.4 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. Lastly, we had no available borrowing capacity under the trade receivables financing agreement at December 31, 2011.

        Additionally, we have a shelf registration statement for 8.3 shares of common stock that may be issued for acquisitions. In addition, other financing instruments may be used from time to time, including, but not limited to, private placement instruments, operating leases, capital leases and securitizations. We expect that we will continue to access these markets as appropriate to maintain liquidity and to provide sources of funds for general corporate purposes, acquisitions or to refinance existing debt.

        Distress in the financial markets over the last few years has had an adverse impact on financial market activities around the world including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. We have assessed the implications of these factors on our business, are closely monitoring the impact on our customers and suppliers, and have determined that there has not been a significant impact on our liquidity during 2011 and do not currently expect a significant impact in the near or long-term. While the impact of continued market volatility cannot be predicted, we believe that cash and equivalents, which totaled $551.0 at December 31, 2011, cash flows from operations and our availability under our revolving credit facilities will be sufficient to fund working capital needs, planned capital expenditures, equity repurchases, dividend payments, other operational cash requirements and required debt service obligations for the foreseeable future.

        At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1,703.0 of undistributed foreign earnings for which no U.S. federal or state income taxes have been provided. If these earnings were distributed, we would be subject to U.S. income taxes (subject to a reduction for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries.

Financial Instruments

        We measure our financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis, and nonfinancial assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis, at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We utilize market data or assumptions that we believe market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), significant other observable inputs (Level 2) or significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

        Our financial derivative assets and liabilities include FX forward contracts, FX embedded derivatives and forward contracts that manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials ("commodity contracts") that are measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk and our counterparties' credit risks. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments to be active.

        As of December 31, 2011, there has been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own credit risk as the related instruments are collateralized under our senior credit facilities. Similarly, there has been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties' credit risk.

        We primarily use the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are further discussed below.

Currency Forward Contracts

        We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency denominated cash flows and to minimize their impact. Our principal currency exposures relate to the Euro, Chinese Yuan, South African Rand and British Pound.

        From time to time, we enter into FX forward contracts to manage the exposure on contracts with forecasted transactions denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries. In addition, some of our contracts contain FX embedded derivatives, as the currency of exchange is not "clearly and closely" related to the functional

38


currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges, as deemed appropriate. To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives' fair value are not included in the current earnings, but are included in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). These changes in fair value will subsequently be reclassified into earnings as a component of revenues or cost of products sold, as applicable, when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable the cumulative change in the derivatives' fair value will be recorded as a component of "Other expense, net" in the period it occurs. To the extent that a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period it occurs. We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $66.1 and $199.5 outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with scheduled maturities of $59.7 and $6.4 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. We had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $73.2 and $200.9 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with scheduled maturities of $55.0, $15.8 and $2.4 in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The unrealized loss, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts was $3.7 and $4.1 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying approximately $2.8 of the unrealized loss to income over the next 12 months. The net loss recorded in "Other expense, net" related to FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives totaled $37.0 for 2011, $17.3 for 2010 and $7.7 for 2009.

        Beginning on August 30, 2011, we entered into FX forward contracts to hedge a significant portion of the purchase of the Clyde Union acquisition, which was paid in GBP. From the inception of these contracts until December 22, 2011 (the date the contracts were settled), the U.S. dollar strengthened against the GBP by approximately 4%. As a result, we recorded charges and made cash payments to settle the contracts during 2011 of $34.6, with the charges recorded to "Other expense, net" in our consolidated financial statements.

        The fair values of our FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
  Current
Assets
  Noncurrent
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Long-Term
Liabilities
  Current
Assets
  Noncurrent
Assets
  Current
Liabilities
  Long-Term
Liabilities
 

FX forward contracts

  $   $   $ (0.8 ) $   $ 0.5   $   $ 4.3   $  

FX embedded derivatives

    1.2         (0.3 )   (14.8 )   2.6         1.8     33.2  

Commodity Contracts

        From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding notional amount of commodity contracts was 2.9 and 1.8 pounds of copper, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We reclassify the AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of these contracts was $0.8 (current liability) and $1.0 (current asset), respectively. The unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes, recorded in AOCI was $(0.7) and $0.8 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized loss to income over the next 12 months. The amount of gain/loss recognized during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to the ineffectiveness of the hedges was not material.

Interest Rate Swaps

        Prior to the August 2010 repayment of our then-existing variable rate term loan, we maintained Swaps to hedge the associated interest rate risk. These Swaps, which we designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges, effectively converted the majority of the borrowings under our then-existing variable rate term loan to a fixed rate of 4.795% plus the applicable margin. In connection with the repayment of our then-existing term loan, we terminated all our Swaps resulting in a cash payment of $26.9 (including $2.6 of accrued interest) and a charge to earnings of $24.3 during 2010.

Investments in Equity Securities and Available-for-Sale Securities

        Our available-for-sale securities include equity investments that are traded in active international markets. They are measured at fair value using closing stock prices from active markets and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of these investments was $5.2 and $12.8, respectively, recorded as a noncurrent asset.

        We elected to account for certain other investments in equity securities that are not readily marketable under the fair value option. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, these assets had a fair value of $7.8 and $8.5, respectively, which was estimated using valuation models, including the Monte-Carlo simulation model.

39


        The table below presents a reconciliation of our investment in equity securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, including net unrealized losses included in earnings.

 
  Reconciliation of Equity
Securities using
Significant Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $  

Purchases

    9.8  

Losses included in earnings

    (1.3 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    8.5  

Losses included in earnings

    (0.7 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 7.8  
       

Other Fair Value Financial Assets and Liabilities

        The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents and receivables reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

        The fair value of our debt instruments, based on borrowing rates available to us at December 31, 2011 for similar debt, was $2,099.1, compared to our carrying value of $2,001.1.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and foreign currency forward and commodity contracts. These financial instruments, other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.

        We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.

        Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. Credit risks are mitigated by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers' financial conditions and obtaining collateral, advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.

Cash and Other Commitments

        Balances, if any, under the revolving credit and foreign credit instrument facilities of our senior credit facilities are payable in full on June 30, 2016, the maturity date of the facilities. Term Loan 1 is repayable in full on June 19, 2013 and Term Loan 2 is repayable in quarterly installments (with annual repayments, as a percentage of the initial principal amount, of 0% for 2011 and 2012, 5% for 2013, 15% for 2014 and 20% for 2015, together with a single quarterly payment of 5% at the end of the first fiscal quarter of 2016), with the remaining balance repayable in full on June 30, 2016.

        We use operating leases to finance certain equipment and other purchases. At December 31, 2011, we had $182.6 of future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.

        In 2003, our Board of Directors approved the implementation of a quarterly dividend program. The actual amount of each quarterly dividend, as well as each declaration date, record date and payment date is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors, and the target dividend level may be adjusted during the year at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The factors that the Board of Directors consider in determining the actual amount of each quarterly dividend include our financial performance and ongoing capital needs, our ability to declare and pay dividends under the terms of our credit facilities and any other debt instruments, and other factors deemed relevant. During 2011, we declared and paid dividends of $50.9 and $50.5, respectively, while in 2010 we declared and paid dividends of $50.0 and $49.7, respectively.

40


        Capital expenditures for 2011 totaled $154.1, compared to $75.7 and $92.8 in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Capital expenditures in 2011 related primarily to the implementation of new ERP software systems across our company in connection with our ERP rationalization initiative, $55.1 for the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI in order to manufacture larger capacity transformers, $40.8 to acquire a facility in Glasgow, Scotland (a facility occupied and previously leased by Clyde Union), and upgrades of manufacturing facilities and replacement of equipment. We expect 2012 capital expenditures to approximate $130.0, with a significant portion related to the implementation of new ERP software systems and upgrades to manufacturing facilities. While the impact of continued market volatility cannot be predicted, we believe we have sufficient operating flexibility, cash reserves and funding sources to maintain adequate amounts of liquidity and to meet our future operating cash needs and internal growth opportunities.

        In 2011, we made contributions and direct benefit payments of $30.8 to our defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, which included $1.8 of contributions that related to businesses that have been classified as discontinued operations. We expect to make $81.7 of contributions and direct benefit payments in 2012, including $1.7 of contributions that relate to businesses that have been classified as discontinued operations. Our pension plans have not experienced any significant impact on liquidity or counterparty exposure due to the volatility in the credit markets. Our domestic pension funds experienced a positive return on assets of approximately 8.3% in 2011. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of expected future contributions and benefit payments.

        On a net basis, both from continuing and discontinued operations, we paid $0.0, $30.0 and $35.7 in taxes for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2011, we made payments of $54.7 associated with the actual and estimated tax liability for federal, state and foreign tax obligations and received refunds of $54.7. The amount of income taxes that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. Deductions and the amount of income taxes can and do vary from year to year.

        As of December 31, 2011, except as discussed in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements, we did not have any material guarantees, off-balance sheet arrangements or purchase commitments other than the following: (1) $83.8 of certain standby letters of credit outstanding, all of which reduce the available borrowing capacity on our revolving credit facility; and (2) approximately $389.2 of surety bonds. In addition, $51.2 of our standby letters of credit relate to self-insurance matters and originate from workers' compensation, auto, or general liability claims made against us. We account for each of these claims as part of our self-insurance accruals.

        Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law for any personal liability in connection with their employment or service with us, subject to limited exceptions. While we maintain insurance for this type of liability, the liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.

        We continually review each of our businesses in order to determine their long-term strategic fit. These reviews could result in selected acquisitions to expand an existing business or result in the disposition of an existing business. Additionally, we have stated that we may consider a larger acquisition, more than $1,000.0 in revenues, if certain criteria were met. In addition, you should read "Risk Factors," "Segment Results of Operations" included in this MD&A, and "Business" for an understanding of the risks, uncertainties and trends facing our businesses.

        On February 16, 2012, we entered into a written trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to facilitate the repurchase of up to $350.0 of shares of our common stock on or before February 14, 2013, in accordance with a share repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. Trading under this plan is scheduled to begin no sooner than February 24, 2012. Of the amount under the plan, $75.0 may be repurchased prior to the completion of the sale of our Service Solutions business, with the remainder to be repurchased following the consummation of the Service Solutions business sale.

41


Contractual Obligations:

        The following is a summary of our primary contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011:

 
  Total   Due
within
1 year
  Due in
1-3 years
  Due in
3-5 years
  Due after
5 years
 

Short-term debt obligations

  $ 71.3   $ 71.3   $   $   $  

Long-term debt obligations

    1,929.8     4.2     912.1     405.2     608.3  

Pension and postretirement benefit plan contributions and payments(1)

    736.1     78.4     150.3     172.5     334.9  

Purchase and other contractual obligations(2)

    765.8     658.0     99.3     8.3     0.2  

Future minimum operating lease payments(3)

    182.6     46.1     62.4     30.9     43.2  

Interest payments

    419.3     99.0     184.5     94.5     41.3  
                       

Total contractual cash obligations(4)

  $ 4,104.9   $ 957.0   $ 1,408.6   $ 711.4   $ 1,027.9  
                       

(1)
Estimated minimum required pension funding and pension and postretirement benefit payments are based on actuarial estimates using current assumptions for, among other things, discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets (where applicable), rate of compensation increases, and health care cost trend rates. The expected pension contributions for the U.S. plans in 2012 and thereafter reflect the minimum required contributions under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008. These contributions do not reflect potential voluntary contributions, or additional contributions that may be required in connection with acquisitions, dispositions or related plan mergers. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on expected future contributions and benefit payments.

(2)
Represents contractual commitments to purchase goods and services at specified dates.

(3)
Represents rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.

(4)
Contingent obligations, such as environmental accruals and those relating to uncertain tax positions generally do not have specific payment dates and accordingly have been excluded from the above table. We believe that within the next 12 months it is reasonably possible that we could pay approximately $0.0 to $10.0 relating to uncertain tax positions, which includes an estimate for interest and penalties. In addition, the above table does not include potential payments under our derivative financial instruments.


Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting policies that we believe are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties, are listed below. This section should be read in conjunction with Notes 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements, which include a detailed discussion of these and other accounting policies.

Long-Term Contract Accounting

        Certain of our businesses, primarily within the Flow Technology, Test and Measurement and Thermal Equipment and Services segments, recognize revenues and profits from long-term contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion method requires estimates of future revenues and costs over the full term of product delivery. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized $1,457.5, $1,319.0 and $1,342.5 of revenues under the percentage-of-completion method, respectively.

        Provisions for losses, if any, on uncompleted long-term contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. In the case of customer change orders for uncompleted long-term contracts, estimated recoveries are included for work performed in forecasting ultimate profitability on certain contracts. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is reasonably possible that completion costs, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, will be revised in the near-term. Such revisions to costs and income are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

42


        We believe that the underlying factors used to estimate our costs to complete and percentage-of-completion are sufficiently reliable to provide a reasonable estimate of revenue and profit. However, due to the significant length of time over which revenue streams will be generated and costs will be incurred, along with the judgment required in developing the underlying factors, the variability of revenue and cost can be significant if certain factors change. These factors include, but are not limited to, estimates of the following:

        During 2011, we incurred net charges of $10.3 associated with changes in cost estimates for certain contracts in South Africa within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment.

        Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts arise when revenues have been recorded but the amounts have not been billed under the terms of the contracts. These amounts are recoverable from customers upon various measures of performance, including achievement of certain milestones, completion of specified units or completion of the contract.

        Claims related to long-term contracts are recognized as revenues only after we have determined that collection is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated. Claims made by us may involve negotiation and, in certain cases, litigation. In the event we incur litigation costs in connection with claims, such litigation costs are expensed as incurred, although we may seek to recover these costs. Claims against us are recognized when a loss is considered probable and amounts are reasonably determinable.

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are subject to annual impairment testing. We monitor the results of each of our reporting units as a means of identifying trends and/or matters that may impact their financial results and, thus, be an indicator of a potential impairment. The trends and/or matters that we specifically monitor for each of our reporting units are as follows:

        The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units. We consider a number of factors, including the input of an independent appraisal firm, in conducting the impairment testing of our reporting units. We perform our impairment testing by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the reported net assets, with such testing occurring during the fourth quarter of each year in conjunction with our annual financial planning process (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise), based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of the third quarter. Fair value is generally based on the income approach using a calculation of discounted cash flows, based on the most recent financial projections for the reporting units. The revenue growth rates included in the financial projections are our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on current cost structure and anticipated net cost reductions.

        The calculation of fair value for our reporting units incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, profit margin and discount factors. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

43


        In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing in 2010, we determined that the estimated fair value of our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit was comparable to the carrying value of its net assets. In the second quarter of 2011, SPX Heat Transfer Inc. experienced a decline in its revenues and profitability, furthering a trend that began late in the first quarter of 2011, in comparison to (i) recent historical results and (ii) expected results for the period, due to the challenging conditions within the U.S. power market. As such, during the second quarter of 2011, we updated the projections of future discounted cash flows for SPX Heat Transfer Inc. which indicated that the reporting unit's fair value was less than the carrying value of its net assets. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $24.7 during the second quarter of 2011 associated with SPX Heat Transfer Inc.'s goodwill ($17.2) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($7.5). In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2011, and in consideration of a further decline in SPX Heat Transfer Inc.'s revenue and profitability, we determined that the remaining goodwill ($3.6) of the reporting unit was impaired and, thus, recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 during the fourth quarter of 2011. After the aggregate impairment charge in 2011 of $28.3, SPX Heat Transfer Inc. had indefinite-lived intangible assets of $22.6.

        The estimated fair value of each of our other reporting units, except for our Cooling Equipment and Services reporting unit ("Cooling"), exceeds the carrying value of their respective net assets by at least 10%. The estimated fair value of Cooling exceeds the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 5%, while the total goodwill for Cooling was $380.8 at December 31, 2011. A one-hundred basis point increase in the discount rate used in determining Cooling's discounted cash flows would result in Cooling's estimated fair value being less than the carrying value of its net assets.

Employee Benefit Plans

        We have defined benefit pension plans that cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. Additionally, we have domestic postretirement plans that provide health and life insurance benefits for certain retirees and their dependents. The costs and obligations associated with these plans are calculated based on actuarial valuations. The critical assumptions used in determining these obligations and related expenses are discount rates, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and healthcare cost projections. These critical assumptions are determined based on company data and appropriate market indicators, and are evaluated at least annually by us in consultation with outside actuaries and investment advisors. Other assumptions involving demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increases are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect our experience and expectations for the future. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, actual results may differ.

        To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets. A lower expected rate of return on plan assets would increase pension expense. Our domestic qualified pension plans accounted for approximately 72% of our total projected benefit obligations at December 31, 2011. A 50 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return for our domestic qualified pension plans would impact our estimated 2012 pension expense by approximately $4.4. Our pension plans have not experienced any significant impact on liquidity or counterparty exposure due to the volatility in the credit markets. Our domestic pension funds experienced a positive return on assets of approximately 8.3% in 2011.

        The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate is the yield on high-quality fixed income investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. A 50 basis point change in the discount rate for our domestic plans would impact our estimated 2012 pension expense by approximately $1.3.

        The trend in healthcare costs is difficult to estimate, and it has an important effect on postretirement liabilities. The 2011 healthcare cost trend rate, which is the weighted-average annual projected rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits, was 7.52%. This rate is assumed to decrease to 5.0% by 2019 and then remain at that level. A one-percentage point increase in the healthcare cost trend rate would increase our estimated 2012 postretirement expense by $0.4.

        In 2010, an increase in the number of inactive participants in one of our domestic pension plans resulted in almost all of the plan participants being inactive. Accordingly, in 2011, we began amortizing the unrecognized gains (losses) over the average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants as opposed to the average remaining service period of the participants. This change reduced our pension expense by approximately $20.0 in 2011.

        See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

44


Income Taxes

        We record our income taxes based on the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, which includes an estimate of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.

        Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards involves estimates regarding (1) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (2) expected future taxable income, and (3) the impact of tax planning strategies. We believe that it is more likely than not that certain of these net operating loss and credit carryforwards may expire unused and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance against them. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including past operating results, projections of future taxable income and the feasibility of and potential changes to ongoing tax planning strategies. The projections of future taxable income include a number of estimates and assumptions regarding our volume, pricing and costs. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies. However, deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly reduced or alternative tax strategies are no longer viable.

        The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions and ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed adjustments. We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a quarterly basis and accrue for potential uncertain tax positions. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are recorded based on an expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolution occurs, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.

        Our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities due to closure of income tax examinations, statute expirations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, future tax planning strategies, or other relevant events. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our uncertain tax positions.

Contingent Liabilities

        Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including those relating to litigation matters (e.g., class actions, derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property, and competitive claims), environmental matters, and risk management matters (e.g., product and general liability, automobile, and workers' compensation claims) have been filed or are pending against us and certain of our subsidiaries. Additionally, we may become subject to significant claims of which we are unaware currently, or the claims of which we are aware may result in us incurring a significantly greater liability than we anticipate. This may also be true in connection with past or future acquisitions. While we maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general liability, environmental, and directors' and officers' liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection with acquisitions that we believe cover a portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. In addition, we have increased our self-insurance limits over the past several years. While we believe we are entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against potential loss exposures. However, we believe that our accruals related to these items are sufficient and that these items and our rights to available insurance and indemnity will be resolved without a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. These accruals totaled $558.3 (including $495.6 for risk management matters) and $436.2 (including $366.1 for risk management matters) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        We had insurance recovery assets related to risk management matters of $428.9 and $320.0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, included within our consolidated balance sheets.

        Also, during 2011, we recorded a charge of $19.4 associated with amounts that are deemed uncollectible from an insolvent insurer for certain risk management matters. Of the $19.4 charge, $18.2 was recorded to "Other expense, net" and $1.2 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated financial statements.

45


        We believe that we comply fully with applicable environmental requirements. We are currently involved in various investigatory and remedial actions at our facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites. It is our policy to accrue for estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization of the losses or expenses probable and they can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, including new or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions from estimates provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. We expense costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless they extend the economic useful life of related assets. We record liabilities and report expenses when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. It is our policy to realize a change in estimates once it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. In determining our accruals, we generally do not discount environmental accruals and do not discount other legal accruals and do not reduce them by anticipated insurance, litigation and other recoveries. We do take into account third-party indemnification from financially viable parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the right to indemnification.

        We are self-insured for certain of our workers' compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities are determined by us, are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts; however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. The key assumptions considered in estimating the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and the estimated costs associated with incurred but not yet reported claims include, among other things, our historical and industry claims experience, trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, and historical lag studies with regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred versus when it is reported.


New Accounting Pronouncements

        See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements. There are no recent accounting pronouncements that we believe will have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

46



ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

(All dollar amounts are in millions)

        We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity raw material prices, and we selectively use financial instruments to manage these risks. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes; however, these instruments may become speculative if the future cash flows originally hedged are no longer probable of occurring as anticipated. Our currency exposures vary, but are primarily concentrated in the Euro, Chinese Yuan, South African Rand and British Pound. We generally do not hedge currency translation exposures. Our exposures for commodity raw materials vary, with the highest concentration relating to steel, copper and oil. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further details.

        The following table provides information, as of December 31, 2011, about our primary outstanding debt obligations and presents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates, weighted-average interest rates and fair values.

 
  Expected Maturity Date  
 
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   After   Total   Fair Value  

Long-term debt:

                                                 

6.875% senior notes

  $   $   $   $   $   $ 600.0   $ 600.0   $ 648.0  

Average interest rate

                                        6.875 %      

7.625% senior notes

            500.0                 500.0     550.0  

Average interest rate

                                        7.625 %      

Term Loan 1

        300.0                     300.0     300.0  

Average interest rate

                                        2.3662 %      

Term Loan 2

        25.0     75.0     100.0     300.0         500.0     500.0  

Average interest rate

                                        2.3662 %      

        We believe that current cash and equivalents, cash flows from operations and availability under revolving credit facilities will be sufficient to fund working capital needs, planned capital expenditures, equity repurchases, dividend payments, other operational cash requirements and required debt service obligations for the foreseeable future.

        We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $66.1 outstanding as of December 31, 2011, with scheduled maturities of $59.7 and $6.4 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. The fair value of our open contracts was a current liability of $0.8. We had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $73.2 outstanding at December 31, 2011, with scheduled maturities of $55.0, $15.8 and $2.4 in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The fair value of the associated embedded derivatives was a net liability of $13.9, with $1.2 recorded as a current asset, $0.3 recorded as a current liability and $14.8 recorded as a noncurrent liability as of December 31, 2011.

        We had commodity contracts with an unrealized loss, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income of $0.7 at December 31, 2011. We expect to reclassify the 2011 unrealized loss to cost of products sold over the next 12 months as the hedged transactions impact earnings. The fair value of these contracts was $0.8 (recorded as a current liability) as of December 31, 2011.

47



ITEM 8. Financial Statements And Supplementary Data

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Index To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011

 
  Page

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Deloitte & Touche LLP

  49

Consolidated Financial Statements:

   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  50

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

  51

Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  52

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  54

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  55

        All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or because the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

48


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of SPX Corporation:

        We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss), and of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of EGS Electrical Group, LLC and subsidiaries ("EGS") for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company's investment that is accounted for by use of the equity method (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company's equity in income of EGS for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $28.7 million, $28.8 million and $28.0 million, respectively. The financial statements of EGS were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for EGS, is based solely on the report of such auditors.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 23, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
February 23, 2012

49


Table of Contents


SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except per share amounts)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Cost of products sold

    3,926.6     3,454.0     3,426.0  

Selling, general and administrative

    1,103.0     1,024.4     959.2  

Intangible amortization

    33.7     27.1     21.5  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    28.3     1.7     194.8  

Special charges, net

    31.4     36.4     73.1  
               

Operating income

    338.9     343.2     171.0  

Other expense, net

    (56.3 )   (21.3 )   (19.7 )

Interest expense

    (97.1 )   (87.2 )   (92.1 )

Interest income

    5.8     5.4     7.5  

Loss on early extinguishment of interest rate protection agreements and term loan

        (25.6 )    

Equity earnings in joint ventures

    28.4     30.2     29.4  
               

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    219.7     244.7     96.1  

Income tax provision

    (34.4 )   (53.1 )   (47.1 )
               

Income from continuing operations

    185.3     191.6     49.0  
               

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

        (0.5 )   (6.4 )

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.3     11.7     (26.4 )
               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.3     11.2     (32.8 )
               

Net income

    185.6     202.8     16.2  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    5.0     (2.8 )   (15.5 )
               

Net income attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 180.6   $ 205.6   $ 31.7  
               

Amounts attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders:

                   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $ 180.3   $ 194.4   $ 47.2  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.3     11.2     (15.5 )
               

Net income

  $ 180.6   $ 205.6   $ 31.7  
               

Basic income per share of common stock:

                   

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 3.57   $ 3.91   $ 0.96  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

    0.01     0.23     (0.32 )
               

Net income per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 3.58   $ 4.14   $ 0.64  
               

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — basic

    50.499     49.718     49.363  

Diluted income per share of common stock:

                   

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 3.54   $ 3.86   $ 0.95  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

        0.22     (0.31 )
               

Net income per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 3.54   $ 4.08   $ 0.64  
               

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted

    50.946     50.347     49.797  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

50


Table of Contents


SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
($ in millions)

 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 551.0   $ 455.4  

Accounts receivable, net

    1,416.3     1,164.8  

Inventories

    719.6     564.3  

Other current assets

    140.5     176.1  

Deferred income taxes

    67.9     67.9  
           

Total current assets

    2,895.3     2,428.5  

Property, plant and equipment:

             

Land

    51.8     40.8  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

    339.8     264.1  

Machinery and equipment

    883.2     767.1  
           

    1,274.8     1,072.0  

Accumulated depreciation

    (576.1 )   (526.8 )
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

    698.7     545.2  

Goodwill

    1,941.8     1,634.6  

Intangibles, net

    1,088.2     719.5  

Other assets

    767.8     665.5  
           

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 7,391.8   $ 5,993.3  
           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 752.7   $ 538.8  

Accrued expenses

    1,091.4     1,080.1  

Income taxes payable

    28.2     16.3  

Short-term debt

    71.3     36.3  

Current maturities of long-term debt

    4.2     50.8  
           

Total current liabilities

    1,947.8     1,722.3  

Long-term debt

   
1,925.6
   
1,110.5
 

Deferred and other income taxes

    137.7     86.9  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,143.4     969.6  
           

Total long-term liabilities

    3,206.7     2,167.0  

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 14)

             

Equity:

             

SPX Corporation shareholders' equity

             

Common stock (98,702,606 and 51,073,419 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, respectively, and 98,068,416 and 50,294,261 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010, respectively)

    993.6     986.7  

Paid-in capital

    1,502.2     1,461.1  

Retained earnings

    2,488.3     2,358.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (246.5 )   (192.6 )

Common stock in treasury (47,629,187 and 47,774,155 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)

    (2,510.3 )   (2,516.1 )
           

Total SPX Corporation shareholders' equity

    2,227.3     2,097.7  

Noncontrolling interests

    10.0     6.3  
           

Total equity

    2,237.3     2,104.0  
           

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

  $ 7,391.8   $ 5,993.3  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

51


Table of Contents


SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions, except per share amounts)

 
  Common
Stock
  Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Accum. Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock In
Treasury
  SPX
Corporation
Shareholders'
Equity
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 972.3   $ 1,393.9   $ 2,220.5   $ (179.9 ) $ (2,416.0 ) $ 1,990.8   $ 34.0   $ 2,024.8  

Net income

            31.7             31.7     (15.5 )   16.2  

Net unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $6.7

                10.9         10.9         10.9  

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $56.5

                (95.2 )       (95.2 )       (95.2 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments, including $5.7 of translation gains recognized upon sale of discontinued operations

                50.6         50.6     0.8     51.4  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

                                (16.7 )

Dividends declared ($1.00 per share)

            (49.2 )           (49.2 )       (49.2 )

Exercise of stock options and other incentive plan activity, including related tax benefit of $1.7

    5.0     20.2                 25.2         25.2  

Amortization of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants (includes $0.1 recorded to discontinued operations)

        27.7                 27.7         27.7  

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, net of tax withholdings

    1.7     (14.3 )           5.9     (6.7 )       (6.7 )

Treasury stock repurchased

                    (113.2 )   (113.2 )       (113.2 )

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests

                            (0.4 )   (0.4 )

Liquidation of noncontrolling interest due to disposition of Filtran (See Note 4)

                            (5.1 )   (5.1 )

Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest

        (1.8 )               (1.8 )   (1.2 )   (3.0 )

Other changes in noncontrolling interest

                            (1.9 )   (1.9 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2009

    979.0     1,425.7     2,203.0     (213.6 )   (2,523.3 )   1,870.8     10.7     1,881.5  

Net income

            205.6             205.6     (2.8 )   202.8  

Net unrealized gain on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $10.8

                17.4         17.4         17.4  

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

                6.1         6.1         6.1  

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $1.4

                28.9         28.9         28.9  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                (31.4 )       (31.4 )   0.3     (31.1 )
                                                 

Total comprehensive income

                                224.1  

Dividends declared ($1.00 per share)

            (50.0 )           (50.0 )       (50.0 )

Exercise of stock options and other incentive plan activity, including related tax benefit of $3.2

    5.1     26.3                 31.4         31.4  

Amortization of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants

        31.1                 31.1         31.1  

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, net of tax withholdings

    2.6     (22.0 )           7.2     (12.2 )       (12.2 )

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests

                            (2.6 )   (2.6 )

Other changes in noncontrolling interests

                            0.7     0.7  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2010

    986.7     1,461.1     2,358.6     (192.6 )   (2,516.1 )   2,097.7     6.3     2,104.0  

52


Table of Contents

 
  Common
Stock
  Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Accum. Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock In
Treasury
  SPX
Corporation
Shareholders'
Equity
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

Net income

            180.6             180.6     5.0     185.6  

Net unrealized loss on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax of $0.7

                (1.1 )       (1.1 )       (1.1 )

Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

                (7.6 )       (7.6 )       (7.6 )

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $7.7

                (21.7 )       (21.7 )       (21.7 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                (23.5 )       (23.5 )   (0.1 )   (23.6 )
                                                 

Total comprehensive income

                                131.6  

Dividends declared ($1.00 per share)

            (50.9 )           (50.9 )       (50.9 )

Exercise of stock options and other incentive plan activity, including related tax benefit of $1.1

    4.3     24.7                 29.0         29.0  

Amortization of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants

        41.4                 41.4         41.4  

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, net of tax withholdings

    2.6     (25.0 )           5.8     (16.6 )       (16.6 )

Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests

                            (4.1 )   (4.1 )

Other changes in noncontrolling interests

                            2.9     2.9  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 993.6   $ 1,502.2   $ 2,488.3   $ (246.5 ) $ (2,510.3 ) $ 2,227.3   $ 10.0   $ 2,237.3  
                                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

53


Table of Contents


SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   

Net income

  $ 185.6   $ 202.8   $ 16.2  

Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    0.3     11.2     (32.8 )
               

Income from continuing operations

    185.3     191.6     49.0  

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash from operating activities

                   

Special charges, net

    31.4     36.4     73.1  

Gain on sale of product line

            (1.1 )

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    28.3     1.7     194.8  

Loss on early extinguishment of interest rate protection agreements and term loan

        25.6      

Deferred and other income taxes

    (25.1 )   61.0     (21.0 )

Depreciation and amortization

    120.7     113.0     105.9  

Pension and other employee benefits

    56.5     68.4     53.5  

Stock-based compensation

    41.4     31.1     27.6  

Other, net

    9.8     15.5     16.3  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures

                   

Accounts receivable and other assets

    (11.6 )   (218.3 )   319.4  

Inventories

    (92.7 )   16.3     160.1  

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

    10.4     (57.4 )   (447.3 )

Cash spending on restructuring actions

    (28.0 )   (28.2 )   (67.1 )
               

Net cash from continuing operations

    326.4     256.7     463.2  

Net cash from (used in) discontinued operations

    (3.8 )   (3.1 )   7.9  
               

Net cash from operating activities

    322.6     253.6     471.1  

Cash flows used in investing activities:

                   

Proceeds from asset sales and other

    1.1     9.6     3.6  

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

    (0.4 )   3.5     8.4  

Business acquisitions and other investments, net of cash acquired

    (792.5 )   (130.6 )   (131.4 )

Capital expenditures

    (154.1 )   (75.7 )   (92.8 )
               

Net cash used in continuing operations

    (945.9 )   (193.2 )   (212.2 )

Net cash from discontinued operations (includes net cash proceeds from dispositions of $10.1 and $28.8 in 2010 and 2009, respectively)

    1.6     10.1     24.0  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (944.3 )   (183.1 )   (188.2 )

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:

                   

Borrowings under senior credit facilities

    1,881.1     164.0     424.5  

Repayments under senior credit facilities

    (1,050.0 )   (825.5 )   (503.0 )

Borrowings under senior notes

        600.0      

Repayments of senior notes

    (49.5 )        

Borrowing under trade receivables agreement

    118.0     90.0     138.0  

Repayments under trade receivables agreement

    (118.0 )   (112.0 )   (116.0 )

Net borrowings (repayments) under other financing arrangements

    2.8     (1.7 )   (17.6 )

Purchases of common stock

            (113.2 )

Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and other, net of minimum withholdings paid on behalf of employees for net share settlements

    0.1     3.5     1.2  

Purchase of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

            (3.0 )

Dividends paid (includes noncontrolling interest distributions of $2.9, $2.6 and $0.4 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

    (53.4 )   (52.3 )   (50.3 )

Financing fees paid

    (17.2 )   (13.0 )    
               

Net cash from (used in) continuing operations

    713.9     (147.0 )   (239.4 )

Net cash from discontinued operations

            0.2  
               

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

    713.9     (147.0 )   (239.2 )
               

Changes in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates

    3.4     9.0     3.3  

Net change in cash and equivalents

    95.6     (67.5 )   47.0  

Consolidated cash and equivalents, beginning of period

    455.4     522.9     475.9  
               

Consolidated cash and equivalents, end of period

  $ 551.0   $ 455.4   $ 522.9  
               

Cash and equivalents of continuing operations

  $ 551.0   $ 455.4   $ 522.9  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                   

Interest paid

  $ 90.1   $ 73.9   $ 94.2  

Income taxes paid, net of refunds of $54.7, $25.9 and $66.4 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively

  $   $ 30.0   $ 35.7  

Non-cash investing and financing activity:

                   

Debt assumed

  $ 19.9   $ 3.9   $  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

54


Table of Contents


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Our significant accounting policies are described below, as well as in other Notes that follow.

        Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include SPX Corporation's ("our" or "we") accounts prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") after the elimination of intercompany transactions. Investments in unconsolidated companies where we exercise significant influence but do not have control are accounted for using the equity method. In determining whether we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity ("VIE"), we perform a qualitative analysis that considers the design of the VIE, the nature of our involvement and the variable interests held by other parties to determine which party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We do have interests in VIEs, primarily joint ventures, in which we are the primary beneficiary and others in which we are not. Our VIEs are considered immaterial, individually and in aggregate, to our consolidated financial statements.

        Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided in these Notes pertain to continuing operations only (see Note 4 for information on discontinued operations).

        Foreign Currency Translation — The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with the Foreign Currency Matters Topic of the Accounting Standards Codification ("Codification" or "ASC"). Balance sheet accounts are translated at the current rate at the end of each period and income statement accounts are translated at the average rate for each period. Gains and losses on foreign currency translations are reflected as a separate component of shareholders' equity and other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in "Other expense, net," with the related net losses totaling $43.2, $27.6 and $21.0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Cash Equivalents — We consider highly liquid money market investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

        Revenue Recognition — We recognize revenues from product sales upon shipment to the customer (FOB shipping point) or upon receipt by the customer (FOB destination), in accordance with the agreed upon customer terms. Revenues from service contracts and long-term maintenance arrangements are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the agreement period. Sales with FOB destination terms are primarily to automotive and power transformer industry customers. Sales to distributors with return rights are recognized upon shipment to the distributor with expected returns estimated and accrued at the time of sale. The accrual considers restocking charges for returns and in some cases the distributor must issue a replacement order before the return is authorized. Actual return experience may vary from our estimates. Amounts billed for shipping and handling are included in revenues. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are recorded in cost of products sold. We recognize revenues separately for arrangements with multiple deliverables that meet the criteria for separate units of accounting as defined by the Revenue Recognition Topic of the Codification. The deliverables under these arrangements typically include hardware and software components, installation, maintenance, extended warranties and software upgrades. Amounts allocated to each element are based on its objectively determined fair value, such as the sales price of the product or service when it is sold separately, competitor prices for similar products or our best estimate. The hardware and software components are usually recognized as revenue contemporaneously, as both are required for essential functionality of the products, with the installation being recognized upon completion. Revenues related to maintenance, extended warranties and software upgrades are deferred and recognized on a pro-rata basis over the coverage period.

        We offer sales incentive programs primarily to effect volume rebates and promotional and advertising allowances. These programs are only significant to two of our business units. The liability for these programs, and the resulting reduction to reported revenues, is determined primarily through trend analysis, historical experience and expectations regarding customer participation. Taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer are presented on a net basis (excluded from revenues) in our consolidated statements of operations.

        Certain of our businesses, primarily within the Flow Technology, Test and Measurement and Thermal Equipment and Services segments, recognize revenues from long-term construction/installation contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion is measured principally by the percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to the estimated total costs for such contract at completion. We also recognize revenues for similar short-term contracts using the completed-contract method of accounting.

55


Table of Contents


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted long-term contracts, are made in the period in which such losses are determined. In the case of customer change orders for uncompleted long-term contracts, estimated recoveries are included for work performed in forecasting ultimate profitability on certain contracts. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that completion costs, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may be revised in the near-term. Such revisions to costs and income are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

        Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings arise when revenues have been recorded but the amounts have not been billed under the terms of the contracts. These amounts are recoverable from customers upon various measures of performance, including achievement of certain milestones, completion of specified units or completion of the contract. Claims related to long-term contracts are recognized as revenue only after we have determined that collection is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated. Claims made by us involve negotiation and, in certain cases, litigation. In the event we incur litigation costs in connection with claims, such litigation costs are expensed as incurred, although we may seek to recover these costs. Claims against us are recognized when a loss is considered probable and amounts are reasonably estimable.

        We recognized $1,457.5, $1,319.0 and $1,342.5 in revenues under the percentage-of-completion method for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, from their inception, and related amounts billed as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 
  2011   2010  

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts

  $ 2,783.5   $ 2,394.7  

Estimated earnings to date

    750.6     662.9  
           

    3,534.1     3,057.6  

Less: Billings to date

    (3,514.4 )   (3,203.4 )
           

    19.7     (145.8 )

Net costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings assumed in the acquisition of Clyde Union (Holdings) S.A.R.L. ("Clyde Union")

    57.2      
           

Net costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)

  $ 76.9   $ (145.8 )
           

        These amounts are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as shown below. Amounts for billed retainages and receivables to be collected in excess of one year are not significant for the periods presented.

 
  2011   2010  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings(1)

  $ 355.9   $ 228.1  

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts(2)

    (279.0 )   (373.9 )
           

Net costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings (billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings)

  $ 76.9   $ (145.8 )
           

(1)
The December 31, 2011 and 2010 balances include $355.9 and $226.3 reported as a component of "Accounts receivable, net", respectively, and $0.0 and $1.8 as a component of "Other long-term assets" in the consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

(2)
The December 31, 2011 and 2010 balances include $275.4 and $364.5 reported as a component of "Accrued expenses", respectively, and $3.6 and $9.4 as a component of "Other long-term liabilities" in the consolidated balance sheets, respectively.

        Research and Development Costs — We expense research and development costs as incurred. We charge costs incurred in the research and development of new software included in products to expense until technological feasibility is established. After technological feasibility is established, additional eligible costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release. These costs are amortized over the economic life of the related products and we include the amortization in cost of products sold. We perform periodic reviews of the recoverability of these capitalized software costs. At the time we determine

56


Table of Contents


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, we write off any unrecoverable capitalized amounts. We expensed research activities relating to the development and improvement of our products of $77.6, $69.5 and $58.7 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E") is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. We use the straight-line method for computing depreciation expense over the useful lives of PP&E, which do not exceed 40 years for buildings and range from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense was $73.7, $72.0 and $69.7 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related asset or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Interest is capitalized on significant construction or installation projects. Interest capitalized during 2011 and 2010 totaled $1.3 and $3.9, respectively, while there was no interest capitalized during 2009.

        Income Taxes — We account for our income taxes based on the requirements of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, which includes an estimate of the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.

        Derivative Financial Instruments — We use foreign currency forward contracts ("FX forward contracts") to manage our exposures to fluctuating currency exchange rates, and forward contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials ("commodity contracts") to manage our exposures to fluctuation in certain raw material costs. We have used interest rate protection agreements ("Swaps") to manage our exposures to fluctuating interest rate risk on variable rate debt. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. For derivatives designated as hedges of the fair value of assets or liabilities, the changes in fair values of both the derivatives and the hedged items are recorded in current earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the derivatives is recorded in other comprehensive income/loss and subsequently recognized in earnings when the hedged items impact earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges, and the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, are recorded in current earnings. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

        For those transactions that are designated as cash flow hedges, on the date the derivative contract is entered into, we document our hedge relationship, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. We also assess, both at inception and quarterly thereafter, whether such derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item. See Notes 13 and 16 for further information.

(2)   Use Of Estimates

        The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues (e.g., our percentage-of-completion estimates described above) and expenses during the reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on experience, current and expected future conditions, third-party evaluations and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the financial statements and related notes.

        Listed below are certain significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Certain other estimates and assumptions are further explained in the related notes.

        Accounts Receivable Allowances — We provide allowances for estimated losses on uncollectible accounts based on our historical experience and the evaluation of the likelihood of success in collecting specific customer receivables. In addition, we

57


Table of Contents


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

maintain allowances for customer returns, discounts and invoice pricing discrepancies, with such allowances primarily based on historical experience. Summarized below is the activity for these allowance accounts.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 56.8   $ 60.2   $ 62.4  

Acquisitions

    1.3     1.2     0.2  

Allowances provided

    19.3     17.7     14.4  

Write-offs, net of recoveries and credits issued

    (24.4 )   (22.3 )   (16.8 )
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 53.0   $ 56.8   $ 60.2  
               

        Inventory — We estimate losses for excess and/or obsolete inventory and the net realizable value of inventory based on the aging of the inventory and the evaluation of the likelihood of recovering the inventory costs based on anticipated demand and selling price.

        Impairment of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization — We continually review whether events and circumstances subsequent to the acquisition of any long-lived assets, or intangible assets subject to amortization, have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful lives of those assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance of those assets may not be recoverable. If events and circumstances indicate that the long-lived assets should be reviewed for possible impairment, we use projections to assess whether future cash flows on an undiscounted basis related to the assets are likely to exceed the related carrying amount to determine if a write-down is appropriate. We will record an impairment charge to the extent that the carrying value of the assets exceed their fair values as determined by valuation techniques appropriate in the circumstances, which could include the use of similar projections on a discounted basis.

        In determining the estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangibles, we consider the nature, competitive position, life cycle position, and historical and expected future operating cash flows of each acquired asset, as well as our commitment to support these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.

        Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets — We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually during the fourth quarter and continually assess whether a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the implied value. The fair value of reporting units is based generally on discounted projected cash flows, but we also consider factors such as comparable industry price multiples. We employ cash flow projections that we believe to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition, such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations, as well as estimates associated with cost improvement initiatives, capacity utilization and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. See Note 8 for further information, including discussion of impairment charges recorded in 2011 for our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit and in 2009 for our Service Solutions reporting unit.

        Accrued Expenses — We make estimates and judgments in establishing accruals as required under GAAP. Summarized in the table below are the components of accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

Employee benefits

  $ 211.0   $ 217.8  

Unearned revenue(1)

    516.5     501.7  

Warranty

    53.3     45.6  

Other(2)

    310.6     315.0  
           

Total

  $ 1,091.4   $ 1,080.1  
           

(1)
Unearned revenue includes billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition, customer deposits and unearned amounts on service contracts.

(2)
Other consists of various items, including legal, interest, restructuring and dividends payable, none of which individually require separate disclosure.

58



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

        Legal — It is our policy to accrue for estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization of the losses probable and they can be reasonably estimated. We do not discount legal obligations or reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries.

        Environmental Remediation Costs — We expense costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless they extend the economic useful life of related assets. We record liabilities and report expenses when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. We generally do not discount environmental obligations or reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries.

        Self-Insurance — We are self-insured for certain of our workers' compensation, automobile, product, general liability, disability and health costs, and we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liabilities. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts; however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. The key assumptions considered in estimating the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and the estimated costs associated with incurred but not yet reported claims includes, among other things, our historical and industry claims experience, trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, and historical lag studies with regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred and reported.

        Warranty — In the normal course of business, we issue product warranties for specific products and provide for the estimated future warranty cost in the period in which the sale is recorded. We provide for the estimate of warranty cost based on contract terms and historical warranty loss experience that is periodically adjusted for recent actual experience. Because warranty estimates are forecasts that are based on the best available information, claims costs may differ from amounts provided. In addition, due to the seasonal fluctuations at certain of our businesses, the timing of warranty provisions and the usage of warranty accruals can vary period to period. We make adjustments to initial obligations for warranties as changes in the obligations become reasonably estimable. The following is an analysis of our product warranty accrual for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 55.8   $ 56.7   $ 58.8  

Acquisitions

    8.6     1.7     3.6  

Provisions

    26.9     26.9     24.0  

Usage

    (26.2 )   (29.5 )   (29.7 )
               

Balance at end of year

    65.1     55.8     56.7  

Less: Current portion of warranty

    53.3     45.6     43.7  
               

Non-current portion of warranty

  $ 11.8   $ 10.2   $ 13.0  
               

        Income Taxes — We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain tax positions in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are classified as "Income taxes payable" and "Deferred and other income taxes" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on an expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolution occurs, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. These reviews also entail analyzing the realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards. When we believe that it is more likely than not that a net operating loss or credit carryforward may expire unused, we establish a valuation allowance against them. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the largest amount

59



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority, assuming such authority has full knowledge of all relevant information.

        Employee Benefit Plans — We have defined benefit plans that cover a portion of our salaried and hourly employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. We derive pension expense from an actuarial calculation based on the defined benefit plans' provisions and our assumptions regarding discount rate, rate of increase in compensation levels and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. We determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets based upon historical actual asset returns and the expectations of asset returns over the expected period to fund participant benefits based on the current investment mix of our plans. When determining the market-related value of plan assets, changes in the market value of all plan assets are amortized over five years rather than recognizing the changes immediately. As a result, the value of plan assets that is used to calculate the expected return on plan assets differs from the current fair value of the plan assets. We determine the discount rate by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows for each of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of long-term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date. The rate of increase in compensation levels is established based on our expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. We also consult with independent actuaries in determining these assumptions. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

(3)   New Accounting Pronouncements

        The following is a summary of new accounting pronouncements that apply or may apply to our business.

        In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with VIEs and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements. The guidance no longer exempts qualifying special-purpose entities from the scope of the Consolidation Topic of the Codification. In addition, the amended guidance requires continuous reconsideration for determining whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of another entity, and ignores kick-out rights unless the rights are held by a single enterprise. Consolidation is required if an entity has power and receives benefits or absorbs losses that are potentially significant to the VIE. However, consolidation is not necessary if power is equally shared amongst unrelated parties. The guidance requires enhanced disclosures that will provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about an enterprise's involvement in a VIE. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after November 15, 2009. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2010 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued guidance with the objective of amending revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The guidance eliminates one previous revenue recognition criterion so that objective and reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered item(s), in a multiple element deliverable arrangement in which the delivered item or items are considered a separate unit or units, is no longer required. The guidance also determines a hierarchy for an entity to use when estimating the selling price of deliverables that meet the other two conditions for separation as follows: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence of the selling price, (2) third-party evidence of the selling price, or (3) an estimate of the selling price. In addition, the term "selling price" replaces all references to fair value in the guidance. The guidance also has eliminated the residual allocation method and requires an entity to apply the relative selling price allocation method in all circumstances where there is an absence of objective and reliable evidence for the delivered item(s) in an arrangement. Lastly, the guidance requires enhanced disclosures about the judgments and assumptions used in evaluating arrangements. Entities may elect to apply this guidance (1) prospectively to new or materially modified arrangements after the effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods presented. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to guidance related to revenue recognition for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. The amendment was to the scope of prior guidance, such that all tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality will no longer be within the scope of the Software Revenue Recognition Topic of the Codification. That is, the entire product (including the software deliverables and non-software deliverables) would be outside the scope of revenue recognition guidance specific to software and would be accounted for under other accounting literature. Lastly, the guidance requires enhanced disclosures about the judgments and assumptions used in evaluating arrangements. Entities may elect to apply this guidance (1) prospectively to new or materially modified arrangements after the effective date or (2) retrospectively for all

60



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

periods presented. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued an amendment to guidance related to fair value disclosures. The amendment adds new requirements for disclosures about (1) transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements in which a reporting entity should disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for the transfers, and (2) the activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, including the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs in which an entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. This amendment provides clarification of existing disclosures for (1) the level of disaggregation for fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities and (2) the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements required for Levels 2 or 3. Lastly, this update amends guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. The disclosure requirements for significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 are effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2009. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2010 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2011 with no material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance to provide greater transparency about an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The objective is to provide disclosures that facilitate financial statement users' evaluation of (1) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity's portfolio of financing receivables, (2) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses, and (3) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. These objectives are achieved by providing disclosures on a disaggregated basis. This guidance also amends existing disclosure requirements to include (1) a rollforward schedule of the allowance for credit losses from the beginning of the reporting period to the end of the reporting period on a disaggregated basis, (2) the related recorded investment in financing receivables for each disaggregated ending balance, (3) the nonaccrual status of financing receivables by class of financing receivables, and (4) the impaired financing receivables by class of financing receivables. Finally, the following additional disclosures are required (by class of financing receivables unless otherwise noted): (1) credit quality indicators of financing receivables at the end of the reporting period, (2) the aging of past due financing receivables at the end of the reporting period, (3) the nature and extent of troubled debt restructuring that occurred during the period and its effect on the allowance for credit losses, (4) the nature and extent of financing receivables modified as troubled debt restructuring within the previous 12 months that defaulted during the reporting period and their effect on the allowance for credit losses, and (5) any significant purchases and sales of financing receivables during the reporting period disaggregated by portfolio segment. The guidance is effective for the first reporting period ending on or after December 15, 2010. We adopted this guidance on December 31, 2010 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance to modify the goodwill impairment test by eliminating an entity's ability to assert that a reporting unit is not required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative, despite the existence of qualitative factors that indicate that the goodwill is more likely than not impaired. For such reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance, which require that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between interim or annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2011 with no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance to clarify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements for business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis, the entity should disclose revenues and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. Additionally, the guidance expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring, adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the

61



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2011 and have provided the necessary disclosures in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements herein.

        In June 2011, and amended in December 2011, the FASB issued guidance to revise the presentation of comprehensive income by requiring entities to report components of comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or two separate but consecutive statements. The single continuous statement of comprehensive income must include the components of net income, a total for net income, the components of other comprehensive income ("OCI"), a total for OCI, and a total for comprehensive income. The separate but consecutive statements must report components of net income and total net income in the statement of net income, which must be immediately followed by a statement of OCI that must include the components of OCI, a total for OCI, and a total for comprehensive income. Each method requires entities to display adjustments for items that are reclassified from OCI to net income in both net income and OCI. The guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011 and must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted. We have not yet adopted this guidance and do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to guidance related to testing goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing goodwill for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test under Topic 350 of the Codification. If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The amendment is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011. We have not yet adopted this guidance and do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to guidance related to the disclosures about an employer's participation in a multiemployer plan, to add to the disclosure requirements for businesses that take part in multiemployer pension plans. The amendment adds significant new qualitative disclosures about the multiemployer plans including background information and descriptions of the plan. The amendments also require employers to state if their payments are more than 5% of a plan's total contributions and indicate if there are any plans that have programs to make up for funding shortfalls and state the expiration date of any collective bargaining agreements with employees and minimum funding arrangements. The disclosures are required to address a plan's funding status as defined by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. If the status is unavailable, the disclosures are to indicate whether the plan is less than 65% funded, between 65% and 80% funded, or more than 80% funded. For public companies, the amendments are effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted, and should be applied retrospectively for all prior periods presented. We adopted the guidance for the year ended December 31, 2011 and have provided the necessary disclosures in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to disclosure requirements related to offsetting, whereby entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. These disclosures assist users of financial statements in evaluating the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on a company's financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with the recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope. The amendment applies to a) recognized financial and derivative instruments that are offset in accordance with either ASC 210-20 or ASC 815-10 and b) financial and derivative instruments and other transactions that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement that covers similar instruments and transactions. This amendment will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods, and shall be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We have not yet adopted this guidance and do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

62



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

(4)   Acquisitions, Discontinued Operations and Other Dispositions

        We use acquisitions as a part of our strategy to gain access to customer relationships, new technology, expand our geographical reach, penetrate new markets and leverage our existing product, market, manufacturing and technical expertise. Further, as part of our operating strategy, we regularly review and negotiate potential divestitures, some of which are or may be material. As a result of this continuous review, we determined that certain of our businesses would be better strategic fits with other companies or investors. Acquisitions and divestitures for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are described below.

        The consolidated statements of operations include the results of each acquired business since the date of acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at estimates of fair values as determined by us based on information available at the acquisition date. We consider a number of factors, including third-party valuations or appraisals, when making these determinations. We will recognize additional assets or liabilities if new information is obtained during the measurement period about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of those assets and liabilities as of that date. The measurement period shall not exceed one year from the acquisition date. Refer to Note 8 for additional disclosure on the purchase price adjustments of the following acquisitions.

Acquisitions — 2011

        On August 24, 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we entered into an agreement to purchase Clyde Union, a global supplier of pump technologies that are utilized in oil and gas processing, power generation and other industrial applications. On November 1, 2011, and again upon consummation of the acquisition on December 22, 2011, we executed amendments to that agreement. The amended agreement provides for (i) an initial payment of 500.0 British Pounds ("GBP"), less debt assumed and other adjustments of GBP 11.0. In addition, the purchase price includes a potential earn-out payment (equal to Annual 2012 Group EBITDA (as defined by the related agreement) × 10, less GBP 475.0). In no event shall the earn-out payment be less than zero or more than GBP 250.0. The sellers of Clyde Union also contributed GBP 25.0 of cash to the acquired business at the time of sale.

        We financed the acquisition with available cash and committed senior secured financing. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on the senior secured financing. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration (earn-out payment) was less than $1.0 at the date of acquisition (December 22, 2011) as well as at December 31, 2011.

        The assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at preliminary estimates of fair values as determined by management, based on information currently available and on current assumptions as to future operations, and are subject to change upon the completion of acquisition accounting, including the finalization of asset valuations.

        The following is a summary of the recorded preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Clyde Union as of December 22, 2011:

Assets acquired:

       

Current assets, including cash and equivalents of $44.3

  $ 353.8  

Property, plant and equipment

    67.3  

Goodwill

    314.8  

Intangible assets

    385.4  

Other assets

    28.5  
       

Total assets acquired

    1,149.8  
       

Liabilities assumed:

       

Current liabilities

    222.0  

Other long-term liabilities

    159.0  
       

Total liabilities assumed

    381.0  
       

Noncontrolling interest

    1.8  
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 767.0  
       

63



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011

(in millions, except per share data)

        The identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of trademarks, customer lists, customer relationships and technology of $76.8, $14.7, $234.3 and $59.6, respectively, with such amounts based on a preliminary assessment of the related fair values. We expect to amortize the customer lists, customer relationships and technology assets over 1.5, 24.0 and 23.0 years, respectively.

        The qualitative factors that comprise the recorded goodwill include expected synergies from combining our existing and Clyde Union's operations, expected market growth for existing Clyde Union operations as well as other factors. We expect none of this goodwill to be deductible for income tax purposes.

        We acquired gross receivables of $191.9, which had a fair value on acquisition date of $190.7 based on our estimates of cash flows expected to be recovered.

        Between the acquisition date and December 31, 2011, we recognized revenues and a net loss for Clyde Union of $13.6 and $0.4, respectively. During 2011, we incurred acquisition related costs for Clyde Union of $5.6, which have been recorded to "Selling, general and administrative" within our consolidated financial statements.

        The following unaudited pro forma information presents our results of operations as if the acquisition of Clyde Union had taken place on January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of our consolidated results of operations that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results of operations. The pro forma results include estimates and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. However, these results do not include any anticipated cost savings or expenses of the planned integration of Clyde Union. These pro forma results of operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include the following adjustments to historical results for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

Revenues

  $ 5,896.1   $ 5,290.2  

Income from continuing operations

    188.2     208.9  

Net income attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

    188.5     220.1  

Income from continuing operations:

             

Basic

  $ 3.73   $ 4.20  

Diluted

  $ 3.69   $ 4.15  

Net income attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders:

             

Basic

  $ 3.73   $ 4.43  

Diluted

  $ 3.70   $ 4.37  

64



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        On October 31, 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of e&e Verfahrenstechnik GmbH ("e&e"), a supplier of extraction, evaporation, vacuum and freeze drying technologies to the global food and beverage, pharmaceutical and bioenergy industries for a purchase price of approximately 11.7 Euros, net of cash assumed of 3.8 Euros, with an additional potential earn-out of 3.5 Euros. e&e had revenues of approximately 15.3 Euros in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In March 2011, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of B.W. Murdoch Ltd. ("Murdoch"), an engineering company supplying processing solutions for the food and beverage industry, for a purchase price of $8.1. Murdoch had revenues of approximately $13.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In March 2011, in our Test and Measurement segment, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Teradyne Inc.'s Diagnostic Solutions business ("DS"), a global supplier of diagnostic solutions for transportation OEMs and automotive dealerships, for a purchase price of $40.2. DS had revenues of approximately $42.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        The pro forma effects of the acquisitions of e&e, Murdoch, and DS were not material, individually or in the aggregate, to our results of operations.

Acquisitions — 2010

        In July 2010, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of the Anhydro business ("Anhydro"), a global supplier of liquid concentration equipment, powder processing solutions, and dewatering plants and equipment, for a purchase price of $59.1, net of cash acquired of $10.9. Anhydro had revenues of approximately $71.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In April 2010, in our Industrial Products and Services segment, we completed the acquisition of Torque Tension Systems Ltd. ("TTS"), a global supplier of hydraulic torque wrench and tensioner tool products, for a purchase price of $15.7, net of cash acquired of $2.4. TTS had revenues of approximately $9.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        In February 2010, in our Flow Technology segment, we completed the acquisition of Gerstenberg Schröder A/S ("Gerstenberg"), a designer, manufacturer, installer and servicer of processing systems and components serving the global food industry, for a purchase price of $30.9, net of cash acquired of $3.5 and including debt assumed of $3.9. Gerstenberg had revenues of approximately $57.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition.

        The pro forma effects of the acquisitions of Anhydro, TTS and Gerstenberg were not material, individually or in the aggregate, to our results of operations.

Acquisitions — 2009

        In December 2009, in the Thermal Equipment and Services segment, our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. subsidiary completed the acquisition of substantially all the assets and certain liabilities of Yuba Heat Transfer, LLC ("Yuba"), a global supplier of heat transfer equipment utilized by nuclear, solar, geothermal, gas and coal power generation facilities, for a purchase price of $127.8, after adjusting for a working capital settlement during 2010 of $1.4. Yuba had revenues of approximately $129.0 in the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effect of the acquisition was not material to our results of operations.

Discontinued Operations

        We report businesses or asset groups as discontinued operations when, among other things, we commit to a plan to divest the business or asset group, actively begin marketing the business or asset group, and when the sale of the business or asset

65



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

group is deemed probable within the next twelve months. The following businesses, which have been sold, met these requirements, and therefore have been reported as discontinued operations for the periods presented.

Business
  Quarter
Discontinued
  Quarter Sale
Closed
 

Cooling Spain Packaging business ("Cooling Spain")

    Q4 2010     Q4 2010  

P.S.D., Inc. ("PSD")

    Q2 2009     Q1 2010  

Automotive Filtration Solutions business ("Filtran")

    Q4 2008     Q4 2009  

Dezurik

    Q3 2008     Q1 2009  

        Cooling Spain — Sold for cash consideration of one Euro (exclusive of cash transferred with the business of $2.3), resulting in a loss, net of taxes, of $1.9 during 2010. During 2011, we recorded a net charge of $0.1 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in connection with adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained.

        PSD — Sold for cash consideration of $3.0, resulting in a gain, net of taxes, of $3.6 during 2010. During 2009, we recorded a net charge of $7.3 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in order to reduce the carrying value of the net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value.

        Filtran — Our original plan for disposition contemplated the buyout of the minority interest shareholder in order to allow us to sell 100% of the Filtran business. As a result of the planned divestiture, and in consideration of the contemplated buyout of the minority interest shareholder, we recorded a total impairment charge attributable to SPX common shareholders of $23.0 during 2008 in order to reduce the carrying value of the Filtran net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value. Of the $23.0 charge, $6.5 was recorded to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our 2008 consolidated statement of operations.

        In October 2009, we completed the sale of the Filtran business for total consideration of approximately $15.0, including $10.0 in cash and a promissory note of $5.0. In connection with the sale, we did not buy out the minority interest shareholder and, thus, sold only our share of the Filtran business. As a result, we reclassified $16.5 of the impairment charge incurred during 2008 from "Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests" to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in 2009. This reclassification had no impact on net income attributable to SPX common shareholders. In addition, based on the amount of consideration received and adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained, we recorded an additional charge of $7.7 during 2009 to "Gain (Loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax."

        During 2011 and 2010, we recorded a net loss of $0.1 and a net gain of $1.3, respectively, to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statements of operations related primarily to adjustments to certain tax liabilities that we retained. In addition, in 2010, we were paid in full (i.e., $5.0) for the promissory note previously mentioned.

        Dezurik — Sold for total consideration of $23.5, including $18.8 in cash and a promissory note of $4.7, resulting in a loss, net of taxes, of $1.6 during 2009. During 2008, we recorded a net charge of $6.0 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" within our consolidated statement of operations in order to reduce the carrying value of the net assets to be sold to their estimated net realizable value. During 2011 and 2010, we recorded net charges of $0.2 and $0.1, respectively, in connection with adjustments to certain liabilities that we retained and, in 2010, we received payment of the promissory note mentioned above.

        In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net gains of $0.7, $1.5 and $6.7 during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on businesses that we sold (and included in discontinued operations) prior to 2009.

        During 2010, the field examinations of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns were completed by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). In connection with the completion of these examinations, we reduced our liability for uncertain tax positions and recognized an income tax benefit of $7.3 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax" associated with a business previously disposed of and reported as a discontinued operation.

        The final sales price for certain of the divested businesses is subject to adjustment based on working capital existing at the respective closing dates. The working capital figures are subject to agreement with the buyers or, if we cannot come to

66



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

agreement with the buyers, an arbitration process. Final agreement of the working capital figures with the buyers for some of these transactions has yet to occur. In addition, changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may occur. It is possible that the sales price and resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted in subsequent periods. Refer to Note 11 for the tax implications associated with our dispositions.

        For 2011, 2010 and 2009, income (loss) from discontinued operations and the related income taxes are shown below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Loss from discontinued operations

  $ (3.0 ) $ (1.2 ) $ (53.7 )

Income tax benefit

    3.3     12.4     20.9  
               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

  $ 0.3   $ 11.2   $ (32.8 )
               

        For 2011, 2010 and 2009, results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued operations were as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues

  $   $ 5.9   $ 90.3  

Pre-tax loss

        (0.5 )   (4.7 )

There were no assets or liabilities attributable to discontinued operations at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Other Dispositions

        On December 30, 2011, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Shanghai Electric Group Co., Ltd. The joint venture will supply dry cooling and moisture separator reheater products and services to the powers sector in China as well as other selected regions of the world. We contributed and sold certain assets of our dry cooling products business in China to the joint venture in consideration for (i) a 45% ownership interest in the joint venture and (ii) cash payments of RMB 96.7, with RMB 51.5 received on January 18, 2012, RMB 25.8 to be received by December 31, 2012, and the remaining RMB payment contingent upon the joint venture achieving defined sales order volumes (the "transaction"). In addition, we are licensing our dry cooling and moisture separator reheater technologies to the joint venture for which we will receive a royalty. We also will continue to manufacture dry cooling components in our China factories and have entered into an exclusive supply agreement with the joint venture for these products. Final approval for the transaction was not received until January 13, 2012. We have determined that this transaction meets the deconsolidation criteria of ASC 810, "Consolidation," and, thus, anticipate recording a gain for the transaction equal to the estimated fair value of our investment in the joint venture plus any consideration received, less the carrying value of assets contributed and sold to the joint venture. The net gain associated with this transaction will be recorded in the first quarter of 2012.

        On January 23, 2012, we entered into an agreement to sell our Service Solutions business to Robert Bosch GmbH for cash proceeds of $1,150.0. We expect the sale to close during the first half of 2012, resulting in a net gain of approximately $450.0. We have reported Service Solutions within continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as the sale of the business was not deemed probable as of December 31, 2011. Revenues and operating profit for Service Solutions totaled $910.5 and $59.0, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect to report Service Solutions as a discontinued operation beginning in the first quarter of 2012.

(5)   Business Segment Information

        We are a global provider of flow technology, test and measurement products and services, thermal equipment and services and industrial products and services with operations in over 35 countries. We offer a diverse collection of products, such as valves, fluid handling equipment, metering and mixing solutions, specialty service tools, diagnostic systems, service equipment and technical information services, cooling, heating and ventilation products, power transformers, and TV and radio broadcast antennas. Our products are used by a broad array of customers in various industries, including food and beverage

67



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

processing, power generation, chemical processing, pharmaceuticals, infrastructure, mineral processing, petrochemical, automotive service, telecommunications and transportation.

        We aggregate our operating segments into four reportable segments: Flow Technology, Test and Measurement, Thermal Equipment and Services and Industrial Products and Services. The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of products sold or services provided, production processes, types of customers and distribution methods. In determining our segments, we apply the threshold criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Codification to operating income or loss of each segment before considering impairment and special charges, pensions and postretirement expense, stock-based compensation and other indirect corporate expenses ("Segment income"). This is consistent with the way our chief operating decision maker evaluates the results of each segment.

        Revenues by business segment, group of products and geographic area represent sales to unaffiliated customers, and no one customer or group of customers that, to our knowledge, are under common control accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues for any period presented. Intercompany revenues among segments are not significant. Identifiable assets by business segment are those used in our operations in each segment. General corporate assets are principally cash, pension assets, deferred tax assets, certain prepaid expenses, fixed assets, and our 44.5% interest in the EGS Electrical Group, LLC and subsidiaries ("EGS") joint venture. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for financial information relating to EGS.

Flow Technology

        Our Flow Technology segment designs, manufactures and markets products and solutions that are used to process, blend, filter, dry, meter and transport fluids with a focus on creating innovative new products and systems and also provides comprehensive aftermarket support services. Primary offerings include engineered pumps, mixers, process systems, heat exchangers, valves, and dehydration and drying technologies. The segment continues to focus on optimizing its global footprint while taking advantage of cross-product integration opportunities and increasing its competitive position in global end markets. Flow Technology's solutions focus on key business drivers, such as product flexibility, process optimization, sustainability and safety.

Test and Measurement

        Our Test and Measurement segment engineers and manufactures branded, technologically advanced test and measurement products used on a global basis across the transportation, telecommunications and utility industries. Our technology supports the introduction of new systems, expanded services and sophisticated testing and validation. Primary offerings include specialty automotive diagnostic service tools, fare-collection systems and portable cable and pipe locators. The segment continues to focus on global expansion, with a specific focus on China and India.

Thermal Equipment and Services

        Our Thermal Equipment and Services segment engineers, manufactures and services cooling, heating and ventilation products for markets throughout the world. Primary offerings include dry, wet and hybrid cooling systems for the power generation, refrigeration, HVAC and industrial markets, as well as boilers, heating and ventilation products for the commercial and residential markets. This segment also provides thermal components for power generation plants and engineered services to maintain, refurbish, upgrade and modernize power stations. The segment continues to focus on expanding its global reach, including increasing its dry cooling, heating and ventilation presence in Asia, as well as its thermal components and service offerings. The segment's South African subsidiary has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder, which holds a noncontrolling 25.1% interest.

Industrial Products and Services

        Our Industrial Products and Services segment comprises businesses that design, manufacture and market power systems, industrial tools and hydraulic units, precision machine components for the aerospace industry, crystal growing machines for the solar power generation market, television, radio and cell phone and data transmission broadcast antenna systems, communications and signal monitoring systems, and precision controlled industrial ovens and chambers. This segment continues to focus on global expansion opportunities.

Corporate Expense

        Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters and our Asia Pacific center in Shanghai, China.

68



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Financial data for our business segments, including the results of acquisitions from the dates of the respective acquisitions, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 2,042.0   $ 1,662.2   $ 1,634.1  

Test and Measurement

    1,067.8     924.0     810.4  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    1,644.2     1,602.1     1,595.5  

Industrial Products and Services

    707.9     698.5     805.6  
               

Total

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6  
               

Segment income:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 268.4   $ 215.6   $ 210.9  

Test and Measurement

    110.7     76.6     51.4  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    141.9     193.7     171.8  

Industrial Products and Services

    59.2     74.4     153.7  
               

Total segment income

    580.2     560.3     587.8  

Corporate expense

    104.3     95.5     83.8  

Pension and postretirement expense

    35.9     52.4     37.5  

Stock-based compensation expense

    41.4     31.1     27.6  

Special charges, net

    31.4     36.4     73.1  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    28.3     1.7     194.8  
               

Consolidated operating income

  $ 338.9   $ 343.2   $ 171.0  
               

Capital expenditures:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 59.6   $ 23.2   $ 17.6  

Test and Measurement

    7.5     5.1     7.5  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    12.4     13.1     22.0  

Industrial Products and Services

    59.5     14.0     10.7  

General corporate

    15.1     20.3     35.0  
               

Total

  $ 154.1   $ 75.7   $ 92.8  
               

Depreciation and amortization:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 41.1   $ 36.5   $ 34.0  

Test and Measurement

    34.1     31.8     31.8  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    24.0     24.2     21.0  

Industrial Products and Services

    14.5     14.7     13.5  

General corporate

    7.0     5.8     5.6  
               

Total

  $ 120.7   $ 113.0   $ 105.9  
               

Identifiable assets:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 3,359.9   $ 2,098.0   $ 1,988.3  

Test and Measurement

    861.5     764.1     787.7  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    1,825.2     1,809.1     1,789.5  

Industrial Products and Services

    664.9     562.2     600.3  

General corporate

    680.3     759.9     550.8  

Discontinued operations

            8.4  
               

Total

  $ 7,391.8   $ 5,993.3   $ 5,725.0  
               

69



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues by Groups of Products:

                   

Flow Technology

  $ 2,042.0   $ 1,662.2   $ 1,634.1  

Test and Measurement

    1,067.8     924.0     810.4  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    1,644.2     1,602.1     1,595.5  

Industrial Products and Services:

                   

Power transformers and services

    239.1     249.3     376.5  

Industrial tools and equipment

    149.1     120.8     101.3  

Aerospace components

    80.0     98.8     106.7  

Broadcast antenna systems

    125.8     118.3     124.7  

Laboratory equipment

    113.9     111.3     96.4  
               

Total Industrial Products and Services

    707.9     698.5     805.6  
               

Total

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6  
               

 

Geographic Areas:
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues:(1)

                   

United States

  $ 2,725.9   $ 2,467.4   $ 2,469.6  

Germany

    558.8     559.4     717.2  

China

    327.8     387.6     288.2  

South Africa

    281.4     241.5     138.1  

United Kingdom

    299.1     242.0     253.0  

Other

    1,268.9     988.9     979.5  
               

  $ 5,461.9   $ 4,886.8   $ 4,845.6  
               

Tangible Long-Lived Assets:

                   

United States

  $ 1,138.8   $ 908.0   $ 742.9  

Other

    327.7     302.7     245.9  
               

Long-lived assets of continuing operations

    1,466.5     1,210.7     988.8  

Long-lived assets of discontinued operations

            0.3  
               

Total tangible long-lived assets

  $ 1,466.5   $ 1,210.7   $ 989.1  
               

(1)
Revenues are included in the above geographic areas based on the country that recorded the customer revenue.

(6)   Special Charges, Net

        As part of our business strategy, we right-size and consolidate operations to improve long-term results. Additionally, from time to time, we alter our business model to better serve customer demand, fix or discontinue lower-margin product lines and rationalize and consolidate manufacturing capacity. Our restructuring and integration decisions are based, in part, on discounted cash flows to achieve our goals of increased outsourcing, reduced structural footprint and maintaining profitability in a difficult economic environment. As a result of our strategic review process, we recorded net special charges of $31.4 in 2011, $36.4 in 2010 and $73.1 in 2009. These net special charges were primarily for restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing and sales facilities, reduce workforce, and rationalize certain product lines, as well as asset impairment charges.

        The components of the charges have been computed based on actual cash payouts, including severance and other employee benefits based on existing severance policies, local laws, and other estimated exit costs, and our estimate of the realizable value of the affected tangible and intangible assets.

        Impairments of long-lived assets, including amortizable intangibles, which represent non-cash asset write-downs, typically arise from business restructuring decisions that lead to the disposition of assets no longer required in the restructured business. For these situations, we recognize a loss when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Fair values for assets subject to impairment

70



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

testing are determined primarily by management, taking into consideration various factors including third-party appraisals, quoted market prices and previous experience. If an asset remains in service at the decision date, the asset is written down to its fair value and the resulting net book value is depreciated over its remaining economic useful life. When we commit to a plan to sell an asset, including the initiation of a plan to locate a buyer, and it is probable that the asset will be sold within one year based on its current condition and sales price, depreciation of the asset is discontinued and the asset is classified as an asset held for sale. The asset is written down to its fair value less any selling costs.

        Liabilities for exit costs, including, among other things, severance, other employee benefit costs, and operating lease obligations on idle facilities, are measured initially at their fair value and recorded when incurred.

        With the exception of certain multi-year operating lease obligations and other contractual obligations, which are not material to our consolidated financial statements, we anticipate that the liabilities related to restructuring actions will be paid within one year from the period in which the action was initiated.

        Special charges for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are described in more detail below and in the applicable sections that follow.

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Employee termination costs

  $ 13.2   $ 21.2   $ 48.0  

Facility consolidation costs

    5.7     5.1     5.6  

Other cash costs

    0.4     2.2     8.4  

Non-cash asset write-downs

    12.1     7.9     11.1  
               

Total

  $ 31.4   $ 36.4   $ 73.1  
               

2011 Charges:

 
  Employee
Termination
Costs
  Facility
Consolidation
Costs
  Other Cash
Costs
  Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
  Total
Special
Charges
 

Flow Technology

  $ 6.4   $ 4.1   $   $   $ 10.5  

Test and Measurement

    1.7     0.4     0.3     3.9     6.3  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    2.2     0.7             2.9  

Industrial Products and Services

    2.6             1.7     4.3  

Corporate

    0.3     0.5     0.1     6.5     7.4  
                       

Total

  $ 13.2   $ 5.7   $ 0.4   $ 12.1   $ 31.4  
                       

        Flow Technology segment — Charges for 2011 related primarily to headcount reductions at facilities in Germany and China, lease exit costs for facilities in Denmark, France and New Zealand, the continued integration of the Anhydro and Gerstenberg acquisitions, the reorganization of the segment's systems business, the transition of certain European back-office positions to the shared service center in Manchester, United Kingdom, and additional costs associated with restructuring activities initiated in 2010. These activities resulted in the termination of 133 employees.

        Test and Measurement segment — Charges for 2011 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions and consolidation activities for a number of domestic and foreign facilities. In addition, the segment recorded an impairment charge of $3.7 associated with the rationalization of certain software assets that occurred as a result of the integration of the DS acquisition. These activities resulted in the termination of 30 employees.

        Thermal Equipment and Services segment — Charges for 2011 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Germany and Italy and lease exit costs associated with two facilities in Germany. These activities resulted in the termination of 58 employees.

        Industrial Products and Services segment — Charges for 2011 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Raymond, ME and Franklin, TN, and asset impairment charges of $1.7. These activities resulted in the termination of 112 employees.

71



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Corporate — Charges for 2011 related primarily to our legal entity reduction initiative and asset impairment charges of $6.5 associated with our decision to postpone the construction of a manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China.

        As relates to plans approved as of December 31, 2011, expected charges still to be incurred are approximately $1.0.

2010 Charges:

 
  Employee
Termination
Costs
  Facility
Consolidation
Costs
  Other Cash
Costs
  Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
  Total
Special
Charges
 

Flow Technology

  $ 6.1   $ 3.0   $ 0.5   $ 2.1   $ 11.7  

Test and Measurement

    2.9     1.9     0.7     1.6     7.1  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    11.9         0.3     4.0     16.2  

Industrial Products and Services

    0.3                 0.3  

Corporate

        0.2     0.7     0.2     1.1  
                       

Total

  $ 21.2   $ 5.1   $ 2.2   $ 7.9   $ 36.4  
                       

        Flow Technology segment — Charges for 2010 related primarily to headcount reduction costs at various facilities in Europe, lease exit costs for one facility in Australia and two facilities in New Zealand, additional costs associated with restructuring activities initiated in 2009, and asset impairment charges associated with an idle facility in Lake Mills, WI ($2.1 for 2010), as well as costs associated with the segment's regional reorganization, the movement of certain functions to the new European shared service center in Manchester, United Kingdom, and integration activities related to the Anhydro and Gerstenberg acquisitions. These activities resulted in the termination of 152 employees.

        Test and Measurement segment — Charges for 2010 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions and consolidation activities that impacted facilities in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Additionally, charges for 2010 included impairment charges of $1.6. These activities resulted in the termination of 134 employees.

        Thermal Equipment and Services segment — Charges for 2010 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Leipzig, Germany; Ratingen, Germany; Rothemuhle, Germany; Michigan City, IN; and Tulsa, OK. Additionally, charges for 2010 included asset impairment charges of $4.0. These activities resulted in the termination of 269 employees.

        Industrial Products and Services segment — Charges for 2010 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in White Deer, PA and Rochester, NY. These activities resulted in the termination of 81 employees.

        Corporate — Charges for 2010 related primarily to asset impairment and facility exit charges of $0.6 and costs related to our legal entity reduction initiative.

2009 Charges:

 
  Employee
Termination
Costs
  Facility
Consolidation
Costs
  Other Cash
Costs
  Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
  Total
Special
Charges
 

Flow Technology

  $ 16.1   $ 4.1   $ 2.7   $ 1.8   $ 24.7  

Test and Measurement

    19.5     1.1     4.6     2.8     28.0  

Thermal Equipment and Services

    8.7         (0.3 )   5.5     13.9  

Industrial Products and Services

    3.1                 3.1  

Corporate

    0.6     0.4     1.4     1.0     3.4  
                       

Total

  $ 48.0   $ 5.6   $ 8.4   $ 11.1   $ 73.1  
                       

        Flow Technology segment — Charges for 2009 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Orebro, Sweden; Mexico City, Mexico; Rochester, NY; Buffalo, NY; and Houston, TX, as well as additional integration costs (primarily headcount reductions) associated with the December 31, 2007 acquisition of APV. These activities resulted in the termination of 636 employees.

72



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Test and Measurement segment — Charges for 2009 related to costs associated with headcount reductions and consolidation activities that impacted facilities in Sala Baganza, Italy; Osny, France; Hainburg, Germany; Pollenfeld, Germany; Ingolstadt, Germany; Garching, Germany; Lugo, Italy; Owatonna, MN; Warren, MI; Allen Park, MI; and Bridgton, ME, primarily in response to the difficulties that were being experienced by the global vehicle manufacturers and their dealer service networks. These activities resulted in the termination of 616 employees.

        Thermal Equipment and Services segment — Charges for 2009 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Ratingen, Germany; Gallarate, Italy; Guangzhou, China; Worcester, UK; Overland Park, KS; Michigan City, IN; and Eden, NC. These activities resulted in the termination of 294 employees. In addition, the segment recorded impairment charges of $5.2 for assets at two facilities whose carrying amounts exceeded the expected future undiscounted cash flows.

        Industrial Products and Services segment — Charges for 2009 related primarily to costs associated with headcount reductions at facilities in Rockford, IL; Raymond, ME; Rochester, NY; and Waukesha, WI. These activities resulted in the termination of 331 employees.

        Corporate — Charges for 2009 related primarily to our legal entity reduction initiative, the closure of our information technology data center in Horsham, PA, and an additional asset impairment charge related to the expected sale of a facility in Newtown, CT.

        The following is an analysis of our restructuring and integration liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 20.7   $ 26.0   $ 31.5  

Special charges — cash(1)

    19.3     28.5     62.7  

Utilization — cash

    (28.0 )   (28.2 )   (67.1 )

Currency translation adjustment and other

    (0.2 )   (5.6 )   (1.1 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 11.8   $ 20.7   $ 26.0  
               

(1)
The years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 exclude $12.1, $7.9 and $10.4, respectively, of non-cash special charges that impact special charges but not the restructuring and integration related liabilities.

(7)   Inventories

        Inventories at December 31, 2011 and 2010 comprise the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

Finished goods

  $ 246.7   $ 190.3  

Work in process

    182.3     113.9  

Raw materials and purchased parts

    325.2     292.5  
           

Total FIFO cost

    754.2     596.7  

Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO inventory value

    (34.6 )   (32.4 )
           

Total inventories

  $ 719.6   $ 564.3  
           

        Inventories include material, labor and factory overhead costs and are reduced, when necessary, to estimated realizable values. Certain domestic inventories are valued using the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method. These inventories were approximately 22% and 29% of total inventory at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. Progress payments, which are netted against work in process at year-end, were $3.7 and $5.9 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011 and 2010, inventory reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years, the effect of which increased operating income by approximately $1.2 and $4.0 during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

73



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

(8)   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by segment, were as follows:

 
  December 31,
2009
  Goodwill
resulting
from business
combinations
  Impairments   Foreign
Currency
Translation
and
other(2)
  December 31,
2010
  Goodwill
resulting
from business
combinations
  Impairments(1)   Foreign
Currency
Translation
and
other(2)
  December 31,
2011
 

Flow Technology

                                                       

Gross Goodwill

  $ 652.2   $ 53.8   $   $ (3.3 ) $ 702.7   $ 324.8   $   $ (7.6 ) $ 1,019.9  

Accumulated Impairments

                                     
                                       

Goodwill

    652.2     53.8         (3.3 )   702.7     324.8         (7.6 )   1,019.9  
                                       

Test & Measurement

                                                       

Gross Goodwill

    468.5             (34.0 )   434.5     17.0         (1.7 )   449.8  

Accumulated Impairments

    (287.6 )           30.6     (257.0 )           1.2     (255.8 )
                                       

Goodwill

    180.9             (3.4 )   177.5     17.0         (0.5 )   194.0  
                                       

Thermal Equipment and Services

                                                       

Gross Goodwill

    622.6             (20.0 )   602.6             (4.8 )   597.8  

Accumulated Impairments

    (114.1 )               (114.1 )       (20.8 )       (134.9 )
                                       

Goodwill

    508.5             (20.0 )   488.5         (20.8 )   (4.8 )   462.9  
                                       

Industrial Products and Services

                                                       

Gross Goodwill

    344.3     7.3         0.2     351.8             (0.9 )   350.9  

Accumulated Impairments

    (85.9 )               (85.9 )               (85.9 )
                                       

Goodwill

    258.4     7.3         0.2     265.9             (0.9 )   265.0  
                                       

Total

                                                       

Gross Goodwill

    2,087.6     61.1         (57.1 )   2,091.6     341.8         (15.0 )   2,418.4  

Accumulated Impairments

    (487.6 )           30.6     (457.0 )       (20.8 )   1.2     (476.6 )
                                       

Goodwill

  $ 1,600.0   $ 61.1   $   $ (26.5 ) $ 1,634.6   $ 341.8   $ (20.8 ) $ (13.8 ) $ 1,941.8  
                                       

(1)
Impairment charges totaled $20.8 during the year ended December 31, 2011 related to our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit.

(2)
Includes adjustments resulting from acquisitions not consummated during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $(3.2) and $(6.4), respectively, and changes from foreign currency translation adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $(10.6) and $(20.1), respectively.

        Identifiable intangible assets comprised the following:

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
 

Intangible assets with determinable lives(1):

                                     

Patents

  $ 19.2   $ (17.5 ) $ 1.7   $ 24.6   $ (21.6 ) $ 3.0  

Technology

    183.5     (31.2 )   152.3     116.7     (23.3 )   93.4  

Customer relationships

    487.6     (66.9 )   420.7     239.7     (51.6 )   188.1  

Other:

    52.4     (19.9 )   32.5     35.4     (13.5 )   21.9  
                           

    742.7     (135.5 )   607.2     416.4     (110.0 )   306.4  

Trademarks with indefinite lives(2):

    481.0         481.0     413.1         413.1  
                           

Total

  $ 1,223.7   $ (135.5 ) $ 1,088.2   $ 829.5   $ (110.0 ) $ 719.5  
                           

(1)
The identifiable intangible assets associated with the Clyde Union acquisition consist of trademarks, customer lists, customer relationships and technology of $76.8, $14.7, $234.3 and $59.6, respectively, with such amounts based on a preliminary assessment of the related fair values.

(2)
Balance reflects impairment charges recorded during 2011 associated with businesses within our Thermal Equipment and Services and Industrial Products and Services segments of $7.5 and $0.8, respectively, and an impairment charge associated with a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment of $1.7 in 2010.

74



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Amortization expense was $33.7, $27.1 and $21.5 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated amortization expense related to these intangible assets is $52.9 in 2012, $43.8 in 2013, $39.2 in 2014, $38.0 in 2015, and $36.3 in 2016.

        At December 31, 2011, the net carrying value of intangible assets with determinable lives consisted of $467.2 in the Flow Technology segment, $71.2 in the Test and Measurement segment, $57.9 in the Thermal Equipment and Services segment, and $10.9 in the Industrial Products and Services segment. Trademarks with indefinite lives consisted of $282.3 in the Flow Technology segment, $54.3 in the Test and Measurement segment, $130.2 in the Thermal Equipment and Services segment, and $14.2 in the Industrial Products and Services segment.

        Consistent with the requirements of the Intangible — Goodwill and Other Topic of the Codification, the fair values of our reporting units generally are estimated using discounted cash flow projections that we believe to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable industry price multiples. Many of our reporting units closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost improvement initiatives, capacity utilization and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. Any significant change in market conditions and estimates or judgments used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate a reduction in carrying value may give rise to impairment in the period that the change becomes known.

        We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter in conjunction with our annual financial planning process, with such testing based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of the third quarter. In addition, we test goodwill for impairment on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment.

        In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing in 2010, we determined that the estimated fair value of our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit was comparable to the carrying value of its net assets. In the second quarter of 2011, SPX Heat Transfer Inc. experienced a decline in its revenues and profitability, furthering a trend that began late in the first quarter of 2011, in comparison to (i) recent historical results and (ii) expected results for the period, due to the challenging conditions within the U.S. power market. As such, during the second quarter of 2011, we updated the projection of future discounted cash flows for SPX Heat Transfer Inc. which indicated that the reporting unit's fair value was less than the carrying value of its net assets. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $24.7 during the second quarter of 2011 associated with SPX Heat Transfer Inc.'s goodwill ($17.2) and indefinite-lived intangible assets ($7.5). In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2011, and in consideration of a further decline in SPX Heat Transfer Inc.'s revenue and profitability, we determined that the remaining goodwill ($3.6) of the reporting unit was impaired and, thus, recorded an impairment charge of $3.6 during the fourth quarter of 2011. After the aggregate impairment charge in 2011 of $28.3, SPX Heat Transfer Inc. had indefinite-lived intangible assets of $22.6.

        The estimated fair value of each of our other reporting units, except for our Cooling Equipment and Services reporting unit ("Cooling"), exceeds the carrying value of their respective net assets by at least 10%. The estimated fair value of Cooling exceeds the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 5%, while the total goodwill for Cooling was $380.8 at December 31, 2011.

        In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing in 2009, our analysis indicated that the fair value of our Service Solutions reporting unit was less than the carrying value of its net assets, which resulted in a goodwill impairment charge related to such goodwill of $187.7. In addition to the goodwill impairment charge of $187.7, our Service Solutions reporting unit and businesses within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment recorded impairment charges related to other intangible assets of $1.0 and $6.1, respectively, during 2009.

(9)   Investment in Joint Venture

        We have a joint venture, EGS, with Emerson Electric Co., in which we hold a 44.5% interest. Emerson Electric Co. controls and operates the joint venture. EGS operates primarily in the United States, Brazil, Canada and France and is engaged in the manufacture of electrical fittings, hazardous location lighting and power conditioning products. We account for our investment under the equity method of accounting, on a three-month lag basis, and we typically receive our share of the joint venture's

75



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

earnings in cash dividends paid quarterly. EGS's results of operations and selected other information for its fiscal years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Net sales

  $ 495.3   $ 445.4   $ 429.4  

Gross profit

    201.5     189.2     182.3  

Net income

    63.7     62.7     62.5  

Capital expenditures

    16.7     11.9     11.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    10.3     9.6     8.8  

Dividends received

    29.4     30.3     30.7  

Undistributed earnings attributable to SPX Corporation

    4.6     5.5     6.8  

SPX's equity earnings in EGS

    28.7     28.8     28.0  

        Condensed balance sheet information of EGS as of September 30, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 
  2011   2010  

Current assets

  $ 179.7   $ 170.2  

Non-current assets

    342.5     337.5  

Current liabilities

    128.0     114.2  

Non-current liabilities

    30.1     29.0  

        The carrying value of our investment in EGS was $68.9 and $69.3 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is recorded in "Other assets" in our consolidated balance sheets. We contributed non-monetary assets to EGS upon its formation. We recorded these contributed assets at their historical cost while EGS recorded these assets at their fair value. As a result of this basis difference in the goodwill recorded by EGS upon formation, our investment in EGS is less than our proportionate share of EGS's net assets, with such difference totaling $85.1 at December 31, 2011. During the second quarter of 2010, EGS acquired Nutsteel Industria Metalurgica Ltda for $35.4. We contributed $15.8 to EGS to fund our portion of the acquisition price.

(10)   Employee Benefit Plans

        Overview — We have defined benefit pension plans that cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. Beginning in 2001, we discontinued providing these pension benefits generally to newly hired employees. In addition, we no longer provide service credits to certain active participants. Of the U.S. employees covered by a defined benefit pension plan and actively accruing a benefit, most are covered by an account balance plan or are part of a collectively bargained plan.

        We have domestic postretirement plans that provide health and life insurance benefits to certain retirees and their dependents. Beginning in 2003, we discontinued providing these postretirement benefits generally to newly hired employees. Some of these plans require retiree contributions at varying rates. Not all retirees are eligible to receive these benefits, with eligibility governed by the plan(s) in effect at a particular location.

        The plan year-end date for all our plans is December 31.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

        Plan assets — Our investment strategy is based on the long-term growth of principal while mitigating overall risk to ensure that funds are available to pay benefit obligations. The domestic plan assets are invested in a broad range of investment classes, including domestic and international equities, fixed income securities and other investments. We engage various investment managers who are regularly evaluated on long-term performance, adherence to investment guidelines and the ability to manage risk commensurate with the investment style and objective for which they were hired. We continuously monitor the value of assets by class and routinely rebalance our portfolio with the goal of meeting our target allocations. The strategy for equity assets is to minimize concentrations of risk by investing primarily in companies in a diversified mix of industries worldwide, while targeting neutrality in exposure to global versus regional markets, fund types and fund managers.

76



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

The strategy for bonds emphasizes investment-grade corporate and government debt with maturities matching a portion of the longer duration pension liabilities. The bonds strategy also includes a high yield element, which is generally shorter in duration. A small portion of U.S. plan assets is allocated to private equity partnerships and real estate asset fund investments for diversification, providing opportunities for above market returns. Allowable investments under the plan agreements include equity securities, fixed income securities, mutual funds, venture capital funds, real estate and cash and equivalents. In addition, investments in futures and option contracts, commodities and other derivatives are allowed in commingled fund allocations managed by professional investment managers. Investments prohibited under the plan agreements include private placements and short selling of stock. No shares of our common stock were held by our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

        Actual asset allocation percentages of each class of our domestic and foreign pension plan assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, along with the targeted asset investment allocation percentages, each of which is based on the midpoint of an allocation range, were as follows:

Domestic Pension Plans

 
  Actual
Allocations
  Mid-point of Target
Allocation Range
 
 
  2011   2010   2011  

Global equities

    16 %   19 %   17 %

Global equity common trust funds

    27 %   26 %   33 %

Fixed income common trust funds

    27 %   17 %   20 %

Commingled global fund allocations

    25 %   22 %   30 %

Short term investments(1)

    4 %   15 %    — %

Other(2)

    1 %   1 %    — %
               

Total

    100 %   100 %   100 %
               

(1)
Short term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.

(2)
Assets included in this class at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were comprised primarily of insurance contracts, private equity and publicly traded real estate trusts.

Foreign Pension Plans

 
  Actual
Allocations
  Mid-point of Target
Allocation Range
 
 
  2011   2010   2011  

Global equity common trust funds

    38 %   50 %   44 %

Fixed income common trust funds

    40 %   36 %   34 %

Non-U.S. Government securities

    15 %   10 %   20 %

Short term investments(1)

    5 %   3 %   1 %

Other(2)

    2 %   1 %   1 %
               

Total

    100 %   100 %   100 %
               

(1)
Short term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.

(2)
Assets included in this class were comprised primarily of insurance contracts.

77



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        The fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2011, by asset class, were as follows:

 
  Total   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset class:

                         

Equity securities:

                         

Global equities:

                         

Capital equipment

  $ 27.1   $ 27.1   $   $  

Consumer goods

    16.5     16.5          

Energy

    12.3     12.3          

Finance

    10.1     10.1          

Materials

    17.2     17.2          

Services

    12.7     12.7          

Miscellaneous

    39.4     39.4          

Global equity common trust funds(1)

    328.9     91.6     212.9     24.4  

Debt securities:

                         

Fixed income common trust funds(2)

    331.9     64.0     266.5     1.4  

Non-U.S. Government securities

    36.0         36.0      

Alternative investments:

                         

Commingled global fund allocations(3)

    231.9     96.7     5.3     129.9  

Other:

                         

Short term investments(4)

    43.5     43.5          

Other(5)

    7.7     1.7         6.0  
                   

Total

  $ 1,115.2   $ 432.8   $ 520.7   $ 161.7  
                   

        The fair value of pension plan assets at December 31, 2010, by asset class, were as follows:

 
  Total   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset class:

                         

Equity securities:

                         

Global equities:

                         

Capital equipment

  $ 34.2   $ 34.2   $   $  

Consumer goods

    22.4     22.4          

Energy

    13.2     13.2          

Finance

    15.5     15.5          

Materials

    21.4     21.4          

Services

    19.1     19.1          

Miscellaneous

    40.9     40.9          

Global equity common trust funds(1)

    335.3     86.5     248.8      

Debt securities:

                         

Fixed income common trust funds(2)

    232.6         231.3     1.3  

Non-U.S. Government securities

    23.8         23.8      

Alternative investments:

                         

Commingled global fund allocations(3)

    193.3     70.9         122.4  

Other:

                         

Short term investments(4)

    133.1     133.1          

Other(5)

    10.5     1.1     1.2     8.2  
                   

Total

  $ 1,095.3   $ 458.3   $ 505.1   $ 131.9  
                   

(1)
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds that invest primarily in equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures. The funds are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the

78



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

    number of shares held as of the measurement date. The investments are valued based on market values and yields currently available for comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The Level of the fund(s) (Level 1, 2 or 3) is determined based on the classification of the significant holdings within the fund.

(2)
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds that invest in a variety of fixed income investments, which may include corporate bonds, both U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest rate swaps, options and futures. The funds are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date. The investments are valued based on yields currently available for comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The Level of the fund(s) (Level 1, 2 or 3) is determined based on the classification of the significant holdings within the fund.

(3)
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds with investments in both equity and debt securities. The investments may include common stock, corporate bonds, U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest rate swaps, options and futures. The funds are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date. The investments are valued based on market values and yields currently available for comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. The Level of the fund(s) (Level 1, 2 or 3) is determined based on the classification of the significant holdings within the fund.

(4)
Short term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest bearing accounts.

(5)
This category represents investments in insurance contracts, private equity and publicly traded real estate investment trusts. The insurance contracts and private equity investments are valued using unobservable inputs from the fund manager, primarily based on discounted cash flows models.

        Our domestic pension plans participate in a securities lending program through J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association. Securities loaned are required to be fully collateralized by cash or other securities. The gross collateral and the related liability to return collateral amounted to $47.4 at December 31, 2011 and $48.6 at December 31, 2010, and have been included within "Level 2" of the fair value hierarchy in the tables above.

        There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during 2011 and 2010. It is our policy to recognize transfers between Levels at the beginning of the fiscal year.

        The following table summarizes changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 
  Global
Equity
Common
Trust
Funds
  Commingled
global fund
allocations
  Fixed income
common trust funds
  Other   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $   $ 103.7   $ 1.2   $ 9.0   $ 113.9  

Realized gains

                0.5     0.5  

Unrealized gains relating to instruments still held at period end

        13.4     0.1     0.4     13.9  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

        5.3         (1.7 )   3.6  
                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

        122.4     1.3     8.2     131.9  

Realized gains

        0.7         0.6     1.3  

Unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at period end

    1.6     13.1     0.1     (0.9 )   13.9  

Purchases

    24.3                 24.3  

Sales

    (1.5 )   (6.3 )       (1.9 )   (9.7 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 24.4   $ 129.9   $ 1.4   $ 6.0   $ 161.7  
                       

        There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 assets in 2011 and 2010.

        Employer Contributions — We currently fund U.S. pension plans in amounts equal to the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts that may be approved from time to time.

79



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

During 2011, we made no contributions to our qualified domestic pension plans and direct benefit payments of $4.2 to our non-qualified domestic pension plans. In 2012, we expect to make contributions of $46.8 to our qualified domestic pension plans and direct benefit payments of $6.6 to our non-qualified domestic pension plans.

        Many of our foreign plan obligations are unfunded in accordance with local laws. These plans have no assets and instead are funded by us on a pay as you go basis in the form of direct benefit payments. To our foreign plans that are funded, we made contributions of $8.4 in 2011, which included $1.8 of contributions that relate to businesses that have been classified as discontinued operations. In addition, to our foreign plans that are unfunded, we made direct benefit payments of $2.3 in 2011. In 2012, we expect to make $8.2 of contributions, which will include $1.7 of contributions that relate to businesses that have been classified as discontinued operations and $2.3 of direct benefit payments to our foreign pension plans.

        Estimated Future Benefit Payments — Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2011, of the estimated future benefit payments for our pension plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for five fiscal years thereafter. Benefit payments are paid from plan assets or directly by us for our non-funded plans. The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used at December 31, 2011 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.


Estimated benefit payments:
(Domestic and foreign pension plans)

 
  Domestic
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
 

2012

  $ 82.2   $ 12.4  

2013

    83.6     13.0  

2014

    81.9     13.5  

2015

    142.1     14.1  

2016

    82.3     14.6  

Subsequent five years

    414.1     81.0  

        Obligations and Funded Status — The funded status of our pension plans is dependent upon many factors, including returns on invested assets and the level of market interest rates. The combined funded status of our pension plans as of December 31, 2011 has decreased since December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of lower discount rates being used to value the plans in 2011 compared to 2010. Our non-funded pension plans account for $166.3 of the current underfunded status, as these plans are not required to be funded. The following tables show the domestic and foreign pension plans' funded status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets:

 
  Domestic Pension
Plans
  Foreign Pension
Plans
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

                         

Projected benefit obligation — beginning of year

  $ 1,148.3   $ 1,091.7   $ 258.0   $ 270.3  

Service cost

    9.9     9.3     2.8     2.3  

Interest cost

    57.4     61.1     14.2     14.1  

Employee contributions

            0.2     0.1  

Actuarial losses (gains)

    53.0     63.9     9.0     (12.5 )

Curtailment gain

    (0.1 )       (0.1 )    

Acquisitions

    1.0         17.0      

Plan amendments

                0.4  

Benefits paid

    (76.0 )   (77.7 )   (13.7 )   (11.8 )

Foreign exchange and other

            (2.7 )   (4.9 )
                   

Projected benefit obligation — end of year

  $ 1,193.5   $ 1,148.3   $ 284.7   $ 258.0  
                   

80



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

 
  Domestic Pension
Plans
  Foreign Pension
Plans
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Change in plan assets:

                         

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year

  $ 867.5   $ 713.3   $ 227.8   $ 207.0  

Return on plan assets

    71.8     107.6     12.0     22.9  

Benefits paid

    (76.0 )   (77.7 )   (13.7 )   (11.8 )

Contributions (employer and employee)

    4.2     124.3     10.9     12.7  

Acquisitions

    0.7         11.8      

Foreign exchange and other

            (1.8 )   (3.0 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets — end of year

  $ 868.2   $ 867.5   $ 247.0   $ 227.8  
                   

Funded status at year-end

  $ (325.3 ) $ (280.8 ) $ (37.7 ) $ (30.2 )

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

                         

Other assets

  $   $   $ 23.7   $ 22.3  

Accrued expenses

    (6.4 )   (4.2 )   (2.3 )   (2.2 )

Other long-term liabilities

    (318.9 )   (276.6 )   (59.1 )   (50.3 )
                   

Net amount recognized

  $ (325.3 ) $ (280.8 ) $ (37.7 ) $ (30.2 )
                   

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) consist of:

                         

Net actuarial loss

  $ 616.4   $ 593.3   $ 51.3   $ 39.8  

Net prior service costs (credits)

    (0.7 )   (1.6 )   0.1      
                   

Total accumulated comprehensive loss (pre-tax)

  $ 615.7   $ 591.7   $ 51.4   $ 39.8  
                   

        The following is information about our pension plans that had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of their plan assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 
  Domestic Pension
Plans
  Foreign Pension
Plans
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 1,193.5   $ 1,148.3   $ 116.6   $ 97.4  

Accumulated benefit obligation

    1,176.7     1,130.0     114.4     95.9  

Fair value of plan assets

    868.2     867.5     55.3     45.3  

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all domestic and foreign pension plans was $1,176.7 and $278.7, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $1,130.0 and $254.5, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

        Components of Net Periodic Pension Benefit Expense — An increase in the number of inactive participants in one of our domestic pension plans resulted in almost all of the plan participants being inactive. Accordingly, in 2011 we began amortizing the unrecognized gains/losses over the average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants as opposed to the average remaining service period of the active participants. This change resulted in a reduction to pension expense of approximately $20.0 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

81



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Net periodic pension benefit expense for our domestic and foreign pension plans included the following components:

Domestic Pension Plans

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Service cost

  $ 9.9   $ 9.3   $ 8.0  

Interest cost

    57.4     61.1     66.2  

Expected return on plan assets

    (65.6 )   (68.4 )   (74.2 )

Amortization of unrecognized losses

    23.2     36.4     22.0  

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits

    (0.9 )   (0.9 )   (0.8 )

Curtailment/settlement loss

            0.3  
               

Total net periodic pension benefit expense

    24.0     37.5     21.5  

Less: Net periodic pension expense of discontinued operations

            (0.3 )
               

Net periodic pension benefit expense of continuing operations

  $ 24.0   $ 37.5   $ 21.2  
               

Foreign Pension Plans

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Service cost

  $ 2.8   $ 2.3   $ 2.5  

Interest cost

    14.2     14.1     13.9  

Expected return on plan assets

    (16.2 )   (14.3 )   (13.2 )

Amortization of unrecognized losses

    0.9     1.7     2.1  

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits

            (0.1 )

Curtailment gain

    (0.1 )        
               

Total net periodic pension benefit expense

    1.6     3.8     5.2  

Less: Net periodic pension benefit expense of discontinued operations

    (0.2 )   (0.1 )   (0.6 )
               

Net periodic pension benefit expense of continuing operations

  $ 1.4   $ 3.7   $ 4.6  
               

        Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss in 2011 were as follows:

 
  Domestic plans   Foreign plans  

Current year actuarial loss

  $ 46.3   $ 13.2  

Amortization of actuarial loss

    (23.2 )   (0.9 )

Amortization of prior service credits

    0.9      

Curtailment gain

    0.1     0.1  

Foreign exchange and other

        (0.8 )
           

  $ 24.1   $ 11.6  
           

        The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit expense in 2012 are as follows:

 
  Domestic plans   Foreign plans  

Net actuarial loss

  $ 24.6   $ 1.4  

Net prior service credits

    (0.4 )    
           

  $ 24.2   $ 1.4  
           

82



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        Assumptions — Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic and foreign pension plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Domestic Pension Plans

                   

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic pension expense:

                   

Discount rate

    5.22 %   5.80 %   7.06 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

    4.00 %   4.00 %   4.25 %

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

    7.25 %   8.25 %   8.50 %

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end benefit obligations:

                   

Discount rate

    4.69 %   5.22 %   5.80 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

    3.75 %   4.00 %   4.00 %

Foreign Pension Plans

                   

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic pension expense:

                   

Discount rate

    5.42 %   5.50 %   6.35 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

    4.15 %   4.10 %   4.00 %

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

    7.00 %   7.04 %   7.62 %

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end benefit obligations:

                   

Discount rate

    5.10 %   5.42 %   5.50 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

    3.92 %   4.15 %   4.10 %

        We review the pension assumptions annually. Pension income or expense is determined using assumptions as of the beginning of the year, while the funded status is determined using assumptions as of the end of the year. The assumptions are determined by us and established at the respective balance sheet date using the following principles: (i) the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based on forward looking long-term expectations of asset returns over the expected period to fund participant benefits based on the target investment mix of our plans; (ii) the discount rate is determined by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows for each of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of long-term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date; and (iii) the rate of increase in compensation levels is established based on our expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. In addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.

Multiemployer Benefit Plans

        Upon acquisition of Clyde Union, we assumed participation in a multiemployer benefit plan under the terms of a collective-bargaining agreement that covers Clyde Union's domestic union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

        We participate in the following multiemployer benefit plan:

Pension Fund
  EIN Pension
Plan Number
  Pension Protection
Act Zone
Status — 2011
  Financial
Improvement
Plan /
Rehabilitation
Plan Status
Pending
  2011
Contributions
  Surcharge
Imposed
  Expiration Date
of Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
 

IAM National Pension Fund, National Pension Plan

    51-6031295-002     Green     No   $ 0.3     No     August 7, 2012  

83



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        The contributions made by Clyde Union during 2011 were not more than 5% of the total contributions made to the IAM National Pension Fund, National Pension Plan ("IAM"). In 2011, the IAM began applying an election for funding relief which allows the IAM to amortize the investment losses incurred for the plan year ended December 31, 2008 over a period of up to 29 years (as opposed to 15 years that would otherwise have been required). Furthermore, in accordance with the election, the current asset valuation method has been updated to recognize the investment losses incurred during the 2008 plan year over a ten year period as opposed to the previous period of five years.

Postretirement Benefit Plans

        Employer Contributions and Future Benefit Payments — Our postretirement medical plans are unfunded and have no plan assets, but are instead funded by us on a pay as you go basis in the form of direct benefit payments or policy premium payments. In 2011, we made benefit payments of $14.3 (net of federal subsidies of $1.6) to our postretirement benefit plans. Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2011, of the estimated future benefit payments and expected federal subsidies for our postretirement plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for five fiscal years thereafter. The expected benefit payments and federal subsidies are estimated based on the same assumptions used at December 31, 2011 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.

 
  Postretirement
Payments, net
of Subsidies
  Postretirement
Subsidies
 

2012

  $ 16.0   $ 1.8  

2013

    15.3     1.8  

2014

    14.6     1.8  

2015

    14.0     1.7  

2016

    13.3     1.6  

Subsequent five years

    55.4     7.1  

        Obligations and Funded Status — The following tables show the postretirement plans' funded status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets:

 
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  2011   2010  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

             

Projected benefit obligation — beginning of year

  $ 152.5   $ 152.3  

Service cost

    0.4     0.3  

Interest cost

    7.0     8.0  

Actuarial (gain) loss

    (3.9 )   7.8  

Benefits paid

    (14.3 )   (15.9 )

Acquisitions

    7.0      
           

Projected benefit obligation — end of year

  $ 148.7   $ 152.5  
           

Funded status at year-end

  $ (148.7 ) $ (152.5 )

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

             

Accrued expenses

  $ (15.7 ) $ (16.2 )

Other long-term liabilities

    (133.0 )   (136.3 )
           

Net amount recognized

  $ (148.7 ) $ (152.5 )
           

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) consist of:

             

Net actuarial loss

  $ 44.9   $ 53.3  

Net prior service credit

    (3.1 )   (4.5 )
           

Total accumulated comprehensive loss (pre-tax)

  $ 41.8   $ 48.8  
           

84



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        The net periodic postretirement benefit expense included the following components:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Service cost

  $ 0.4   $ 0.3   $ 0.2  

Interest cost

    7.0     8.0     9.9  

Amortization of unrecognized loss

    4.5     4.2     3.0  

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits

    (1.4 )   (1.3 )   (1.4 )
               

Net periodic postretirement expense

  $ 10.5   $ 11.2   $ 11.7  
               

        Other changes in benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss in 2011 were as follows:

Current year actuarial gain

  $ (3.9 )

Amortization of actuarial loss

    (4.5 )

Amortization of prior service credits

    1.4  
       

  $ (7.0 )
       

        The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit expense in 2012 include net actuarial losses of $3.7 and prior service credits of $1.4.

        Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic postretirement plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Assumed health care cost trend rates:

                   

Heath care cost trend rate for next year

    7.52 %   7.86 %   8.21 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

    5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

    2019     2019     2019  

Discount rate used in determining net periodic postretirement benefit expense

    4.85 %   5.46 %   7.07 %

Discount rate used in determining net year-end postretirement benefit obligation

    4.36 %   4.85 %   5.46 %

        The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the terms and conditions of our various plans, together with relevant actuarial assumptions and health care cost trend rates. It is our policy to review the postretirement assumptions annually. The assumptions are determined by us and are established based on our prior experience and our expectations that future rates will decline. In addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.

        Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. A percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects on 2011 postretirement expense:

 
  1% Increase   1% Decrease  

Effect on total of service and interest costs

  $ 0.4   $ (0.4 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

  $ 9.4   $ (8.6 )

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

        We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan (the "Plan") pursuant to Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Under the Plan, eligible U.S. employees may voluntarily contribute up to 50% of their compensation into the Plan and we match a portion of participating employees' contributions. Our matching contributions are primarily made in newly issued shares of company common stock and are issued at the prevailing market price. The matching contributions vest with the employee immediately upon the date of the match and there are no restrictions on the resale of common stock held by employees.

85



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        Under the Plan, we contributed 0.271, 0.269 and 0.347 shares of our common stock to employee accounts in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Compensation expense is recorded based on the market value of shares as the shares are contributed to employee accounts. We recorded $18.0 in 2011, $16.7 in 2010 and $17.4 in 2009 as compensation expense related to the matching contribution.

        We also maintain a Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan ("SRSP"), which permits certain members of our senior management and executive groups to defer eligible compensation in excess of the amounts allowed under the Plan. We match a portion of participating employees' deferrals to the extent allowable under the SRSP provisions. The matching contributions vest with the participant immediately. Our funding of the participants' deferrals and our matching contributions are held in certain mutual funds (as allowed under the SRSP), as directed by the participant. The fair values of these assets, which totaled $47.0 and $47.3 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1). In addition, the assets under the SRSP are available to the general creditors in the event of our bankruptcy and, thus, are maintained on our consolidated balance sheet within other non-current assets, with a corresponding amount in other long-term liabilities for our obligation to the participants. Lastly, these assets are accounted for as trading securities. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded additional compensation expense of $0.4, $0.4 and $0.8, respectively, relating to our matching contributions to the SRSP.

        Certain collectively-bargained employees participate in the Plan with company contributions not being made in company common stock, although company common stock is offered as an investment option under these plans.

(11)   Income Taxes

        Income before income taxes and the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Income (loss) from continuing operations:

                   

United States

  $ 47.2   $ 96.3   $ 120.4  

Foreign

    172.5     148.4     (24.3 )
               

  $ 219.7   $ 244.7   $ 96.1  
               

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes:

                   

Current:

                   

United States

  $ 26.1   $ (24.4 ) $ 54.0  

Foreign

    33.4     17.0     14.1  
               

Total current

    59.5     (7.4 )   68.1  
               

Deferred and other:

                   

United States

    (35.5 )   66.2     (13.6 )

Foreign

    10.4     (5.7 )   (7.4 )
               

Total deferred and other

    (25.1 )   60.5     (21.0 )
               

Total provision

  $ 34.4   $ 53.1   $ 47.1  
               

86



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective income tax rate was as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit

    1.5     2.2     3.6  

U.S. credits and exemptions

    (7.3 )   (1.1 )   (5.2 )

Foreign earnings taxed at lower rates

    (6.4 )   (9.2 )   (28.1 )

Audit settlements with taxing authorities

    (0.2 )   (0.6 )   (2.9 )

Adjustments to uncertain tax positions

    0.9     (4.3 )   4.4  

Changes in valuation allowance

    (10.7 )   (4.9 )   6.0  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

            44.5  

Benefit for loss on investment in foreign subsidiary

            (4.7 )

Law change regarding deductibility of Medicare Part D expenses

        2.5      

Tax on repatriation of foreign earnings

    3.1     1.4      

Other

    (0.2 )   0.7     (3.6 )
               

    15.7 %   21.7 %   49.0 %
               

        Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Working capital accruals

  $ 39.5   $ 42.4  

Legal, environmental and self-insurance accruals

    45.7     40.8  

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefits

    166.6     147.5  

NOL and credit carryforwards

    254.7     221.2  

Payroll and compensation

    46.4     48.8  

Other

    72.3     80.9  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    625.2     581.6  

Valuation allowance

    (133.8 )   (167.0 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

    491.4     414.6  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Accelerated depreciation

    37.3     27.0  

Basis difference in affiliates

    40.5     38.6  

Intangible assets recorded in acquisitions

    348.6     219.0  

Other

    61.7     65.3  
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    488.1     349.9  
           

  $ 3.3   $ 64.7  
           

General Matters

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess deferred tax assets to determine if they will be realized and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, incorporating the results of local, state, federal and foreign tax audits in our estimates and judgments.

87



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        At December 31, 2011, we had the following tax loss carryforwards available: state tax loss carryforwards of approximately $561.6 and tax losses of various foreign jurisdictions of approximately $678.8. We also had U.S. foreign tax and general business credit carryforwards of $29.1 and $12.7, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately $6.9 expire in 2012 and $728.7 expire at various times between 2012 and 2031. The remaining carryforwards have no expiration date.

        Realization of deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration in the appropriate tax jurisdiction. We believe that it is more likely than not that certain of these net operating loss and credit carryforwards will expire unused and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets associated with these carryforwards. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or tax planning strategies. However, deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income during the carryforward period are significantly reduced or tax planning strategies are no longer viable. The valuation allowance decreased by $33.2 and $44.5 in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the decrease in 2011, $23.5 was recognized as a reduction in tax expense from continuing operations. Of the decrease in 2010, $12.0 was recognized as a reduction in tax expense from continuing operations and $9.5 as a tax benefit from discontinued operations.

        The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. These deductions can vary from year to year, and, consequently, the amount of income taxes paid in future years will vary from the amounts paid in the prior year.

Undistributed Foreign Earnings

        Undistributed foreign earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, we have made no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes for these foreign earnings. If these earnings were distributed, we would be subject to U.S. income taxes (subject to a reduction for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1,703.0 of undistributed foreign earnings for which no U.S. federal or state income taxes have been provided.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

        As of December 31, 2011, we had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $85.2 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $68.0), of which $61.7, if recognized, would impact our effective tax rate from continuing operations. Similarly, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $95.5 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $77.4) and $120.9 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $105.3), respectively.

        We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax provision. As of December 31, 2011, gross accrued interest excluded from the amounts above totaled $12.9 (net accrued interest of $10.1), while the related amounts as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $15.6 (net accrued interest of $11.3) and $21.9 (net accrued interest of $16.5), respectively. Our income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included gross interest income of $2.3, $4.0 and $0.7, respectively. There were no significant penalties recorded during any of the years presented.

        Based on the outcome of certain examinations or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations for certain jurisdictions, we believe that within the next 12 months it is reasonably possible that our previously unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $30.0 to $40.0. The previously unrecognized tax benefits relate to a variety of tax issues including transfer pricing matters, deductibility of interest expense in certain jurisdictions, and other, primarily foreign, tax matters.

88



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Unrecognized tax benefit — opening balance

  $ 95.5   $ 120.9   $ 102.9  

Gross increases — tax positions in prior period

    3.3     13.9     29.8  

Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period

    (11.4 )   (13.4 )   (3.2 )

Gross increases — tax positions in current period

    10.9     8.7     11.2  

Settlements

    (0.9 )   (24.5 )   (5.8 )

Lapse of statute of limitations

    (11.5 )   (8.3 )   (16.8 )

Change due to foreign currency exchange rates

    (0.7 )   (1.8 )   2.8  
               

Unrecognized tax benefit — ending balance

  $ 85.2   $ 95.5   $ 120.9  
               

Other Tax Matters

        During 2011, we adopted an alternative method of allocating certain expenses between foreign and domestic sources for federal income tax purposes. As a result of this method change, we have determined that it is more likely than not that we will be able to utilize our existing foreign tax credits within the remaining carryforward period. Accordingly, we released the valuation allowance on our foreign tax credit carryforwards in 2011, resulting in an income tax benefit of $27.8. In addition, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was impacted favorably by tax benefits of $2.5 associated with the conclusion of a Canadian appeals process and $7.7 of tax credits related to the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI. These tax benefits were offset partially by $6.9 of federal income taxes that were provided in connection with our plan to repatriate a portion of the earnings of a foreign subsidiary.

        During 2010, the IRS completed the field examination of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns and issued a Revenue Agent's Report ("RAR"). Upon issuance of the RAR, we reduced a portion of our valuation allowance and our liability for uncertain tax positions to reflect amounts determined to be effectively settled or that satisfied the more likely than not threshold, resulting in the recognition of income tax benefits of $18.2 and $7.3 to continuing and discontinued operations, respectively. Further, we disagreed with and protested certain adjustments included in the RAR to the Appeals Office of the IRS. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we settled all issues under appeal with the IRS for the 2006 and 2007 tax years with no further recognition of income tax expense or benefit resulting.

        In addition, the effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was impacted favorably by a $16.0 tax benefit related to the reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions associated with various foreign and domestic statute expirations and the settlement of state examinations. These benefits were offset partially by a domestic charge of $6.2 associated with the taxation of prescription drug costs for retirees under Medicare Part D as a result of the 2010 enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the "PPAC Act") and $3.6 associated with the repatriation of foreign earnings.

        In 2009, the statute of limitations expired for various state income tax returns. As a result of these expirations, we recognized tax benefits of $18.0 during 2009, with approximately $7.9 recorded to continuing operations and the remainder of $10.1 recorded to discontinued operations. In addition, the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was impacted favorably by a tax benefit of $4.9 associated with a loss on an investment in a foreign subsidiary and negatively impacted by a tax benefit of only $25.6 on the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $194.8 that were recorded during the year.

        We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain positions when we determine that an uncertain position meets the criteria of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are recorded in "Income taxes payable" and "Deferred and other income taxes" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on the expectation as to the timing of when the matters will be resolved. As events change and resolution occurs, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities.

        The IRS currently is performing an audit of our 2008 and 2009 federal income tax returns. At this stage, the outcome of the audit is uncertain; however, we believe that any contingencies are adequately provided for. We reasonably expect to conclude this examination within the next twelve months.

89



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        State income tax returns generally are subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing of the respective tax return. The impact on such tax returns of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to one year after formal notification to the states. We have various state income tax returns in the process of examination, administrative appeal or litigation. We believe that any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided for.

        We have various foreign income tax returns under examination. Significant jurisdictions with tax examinations underway include: Canada for the 2000 to 2002 and 2006 tax returns, Germany for the 2005 to 2009 tax returns, Denmark for the 2006 to 2010 tax returns, and the United Kingdom for the 2009 tax return. We believe that any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided for.

        An unfavorable resolution of one or more of the above matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the quarter and year in which an adjustment is recorded or the tax is due or paid. As audits and examinations are still in process or we have not reached the final stages of the appeals process for any of the above matters, the timing of the ultimate resolution and any payments that may be required for the above matters cannot be determined at this time.

        Upon the conclusion of our disposition activities discussed in Note 4, we may recognize an additional income tax provision or benefit, generally, as part of discontinued operations.

(12)   Indebtedness

        The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 
  December 31,
2010
  Borrowings   Repayments   Other(5)   December 31,
2011
 

Domestic revolving loan facility

  $   $ 1,050.0   $ (1,050.0 ) $   $  

Foreign revolving loan facility

        31.1         (0.2 )   30.9  

Term loan 1(1)

        300.0             300.0  

Term loan 2(1)

        500.0             500.0  

6.875% senior notes

    600.0                 600.0  

7.625% senior notes

    500.0                 500.0  

7.50% senior notes(2)

    28.2         (28.2 )        

6.25% senior notes(3)

    21.3         (21.3 )        

Trade receivables financing arrangement

        118.0     (118.0 )        

Other indebtedness(4)

    48.1     5.6     (2.8 )   19.3     70.2  
                       

Total debt

    1,197.6   $ 2,004.7   $ (1,220.3 ) $ 19.1     2,001.1  
                           

Less: short-term debt

    36.3                       71.3  

Less: current maturities of long-term debt

    50.8                       4.2  
                             

Total long-term debt

  $ 1,110.5                     $ 1,925.6  
                             

(1)
On December 22, 2011, we drew down our delayed draw incremental term loans in the amounts of $300.0 and $500.0 (collectively the "Term Loans"). These funds were used for the acquisition of Clyde Union, which was consummated substantially contemporaneously with the borrowings.

(2)
These notes were redeemed in full in January 2011.

(3)
These notes were redeemed in full in June 2011.

(4)
Includes balances under a purchase card program of $40.4 and $36.1 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(5)
"Other" includes debt assumed, including $14.5 from the Clyde Union acquisition, and foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

90



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

New Senior Credit Facilities

        On June 30, 2011, we entered into and on October 5, 2011, we modified, new senior credit facilities with a syndicate of lenders that replaced our then-existing senior credit facilities. The new senior credit facilities provide for committed senior secured financing of $2,600.0, consisting of the following (each with a final maturity of June 30, 2016 except for the $300.0 term loan which has a final maturity date of June 22, 2013):

        Term Loan 1 is repayable in full on the date that is 18 months after the date of its funding. Term Loan 2 is repayable in quarterly installments (with annual aggregate repayments, as a percentage of the initial principal amount, of 0% for 2011 and 2012, 5% for 2013, 15% for 2014 and 20% for 2015, together with a single quarterly payment of 5% at the end of the first fiscal quarter of 2016), with the remaining balance repayable in full on June 30, 2016.

        In addition, the lenders in the syndicate under the new senior credit facilities generally are comparable to those that existed for the previous senior credit facilities.

        In connection with the August 2010 termination of our Swaps and the term loan under our then-existing senior credit facilities, we incurred $25.6 of costs, including $24.3 associated with the early termination of Swaps (see Note 13), $1.1 for the write-off of deferred financing costs, and $0.2 related to an early termination fee.

        At December 31, 2011, we had $485.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect to $30.9 of outstanding borrowings on the foreign revolving loan facility and $83.8 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, at December 31, 2011, we had $408.6 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facility after giving effect to $791.4 reserved for outstanding letters of credit.

        The new senior credit facilities allow additional commitments to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility and/or the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility by up to an aggregate principal amount of $200.0. The amount of the availability resets (up to a maximum of $1,000.0) as amounts are repaid under the term loans.

        We are the borrower under all the facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are borrowers under the foreign credit instrument facilities (and we may in the future designate other subsidiaries to be borrowers under the revolving credit facilities and the foreign credit instrument facilities).

        All borrowings and other extensions of credit under our new senior credit facilities are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.

        The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by any borrower on behalf of itself or any of its subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue credit instruments, including bank undertakings to support primarily commercial contract performance.

        At December 31, 2011, we had $83.8 and $791.4 of outstanding letters of credit issued under our revolving credit and our foreign credit instrument facilities of our senior credit agreement, respectively. In addition, we had $3.3 of letters of credit outstanding under separate arrangements in China, India and South Africa.

91



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        The interest rates applicable to loans under our new senior credit facilities are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate (the higher of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollar) plus, in each case, an applicable margin percentage, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings or analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents in excess of $50.0) at the date of determination to consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months for Eurodollar borrowings. The fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans are (all on a per annum basis) as follows:

Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
  Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
  Letter of
Credit
Fee
  Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee and
Bilateral
Foreign
Credit Fee
  Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee and
Bilateral
Foreign
Credit Fee
  LIBOR Rate
Loans
  ABR Loans   Term
Loan
LIBOR
Rate
Loans
  Term
Loan
ABR
Loans
 

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0

    0.40 %   0.40 %   2.00 %   0.40 %   1.25 %   2.00 %   1.00%     2.25%     1.25%  

Between 2.00 to 1.0 and 3.00 to 1.0

    0.35 %   0.35 %   1.875 %   0.35 %   1.125 %   1.875 %   0.875%     2.125%     1.125%  

Between 1.50 to 1.0 and 2.00 to 1.0

    0.30 %   0.30 %   1.75 %   0.30 %   1.00 %   1.75 %   0.75%     2.00%     1.00%  

Between 1.00 to 1.0 and 1.50 to 1.0

    0.275 %   0.275 %   1.50 %   0.275 %   0.875 %   1.50 %   0.50%     1.75%     0.75%  

Less than 1.00 to 1.0

    0.25 %   0.25 %   1.25 %   0.25 %   0.75 %   1.25 %   0.25%     1.50%     0.50%  

        The weighted-average interest rate of our outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities was approximately 2.49% at December 31, 2011.

        The fees for bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments, unless otherwise agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.20% per annum, respectively. We paid an upfront fee in an amount equal to an approximate average of 0.5% of the commitment of each lender providing a portion of the Term Loans. In addition, we were required to pay a commitment fee in an amount equal to 0.275% per annum of the daily unused amount of the commitment of the Term Loans, which accrued from October 5, 2011 through December 22, 2011, the date on which the Term Loan amounts were borrowed.

        Our new senior credit facilities require mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary course of business and subject to other exceptions). Mandatory prepayments will be applied, first, to repay any amounts outstanding under the Term Loans and any other incremental term loans that we may have outstanding in the future, in the manner and order selected by us, and second, after the Term Loans and any such incremental term loans have been repaid in full, to repay amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No prepayment is required generally to the extent the net proceeds are reinvested in permitted acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days of the receipt of such proceeds. In addition, upon the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness in the form of a private or public note or bond issuance, the net proceeds of such indebtedness will be applied to the extent necessary to repay in full any amounts outstanding under Term Loan 1.

        We may voluntarily prepay loans under our new senior credit facilities, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders' breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar and LIBOR rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

92



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Indebtedness under our new senior credit facilities is guaranteed by:

        Indebtedness under our new senior credit facilities is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by us or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions). If our corporate credit rating is "Ba2" or less (or not rated) by Moody's and "BB" or less (or not rated) by S&P, then we and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on substantially all of our and their assets. If our corporate credit rating is "Baa3" or better by Moody's or "BBB-" or better by S&P and no defaults exist, then all collateral security will be released and the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities will be unsecured.

        Our new senior credit facilities require that we maintain:

        Our new senior credit facilities also contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. We do not expect these covenants to restrict our liquidity, financial condition or access to capital resources in the foreseeable future. Our new senior credit facilities also contain customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default.

        We are permitted under our senior credit facilities to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.50 to 1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, the aggregate amount of such repurchases and dividend declarations cannot exceed (A) $100.0 in any fiscal year plus (B) an additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after June 30, 2011 equal to the sum of (i) $300.0 and (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the credit agreement generally as consolidated net income subject to certain adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period from July 1, 2011 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit).

        At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenant provisions of our senior credit facilities, and the senior credit facilities did not impose any restrictions on our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends, other than those inherent in the credit agreement.

        On February 16, 2012, we amended our senior credit facilities, whereby the lenders agreed, as it relates to the proceeds from the pending sale of our Service Solution business, to waive the mandatory prepayments required by the senior credit facilities. The amendment requires that the proceeds from this pending sale be used to repay $325.0 of the Term Loans ($300.0 for Term Loan 1 and $25.0 for Term Loan 2). The remaining proceeds can be used at our discretion, including cash dividend payments and share repurchases, subject to compliance with existing covenants.

Senior Notes

        In August 2010, we issued, in a private placement, $600.0 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior unsecured notes that mature in 2017. We used the proceeds from the offering to repay the remaining balance under the term loan of our then-existing senior credit facilities ($562.5), to pay $26.9 of termination costs (including $2.6 of accrued interest) for Swaps related to the then-existing term loan, and the remainder to pay the majority of the financing costs incurred in connection with the offering. The interest payment dates for these notes are March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on March 1,

93



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

2011. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus an applicable premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, at any time prior to September 1, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain types of change of control transactions, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These notes are unsecured and rank equally with all our existing and future unsubordinated unsecured senior indebtedness, but are effectively junior to our senior credit facilities. The indenture governing these notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consummate some mergers. During the third quarter of 2011, these senior notes became freely tradable. Payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on these notes is guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our domestic subsidiaries. The likelihood of having to make payments under the guarantee is considered remote.

        In December 2007, we issued, in a private placement, $500.0 aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior unsecured notes that mature in 2014. We used the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including the financing of our acquisition of APV. The interest payment dates for these notes are June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes are redeemable, in whole, or in part, at any time prior to maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. If we experience certain types of change of control transactions, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest. These notes are unsecured and rank equally with all our existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness, but are effectively junior to our senior credit facilities. The indenture governing these notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consummate some mergers. During the first quarter of 2009, these senior notes became freely tradable.

        At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenant provisions of our senior notes.

Other Borrowings and Financing Activities

        Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under a purchase card program allowing for payment beyond their normal payment terms. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the participating businesses had $40.4 and $36.1, respectively, outstanding under this arrangement. As this arrangement extends the payment of our businesses' payables beyond their normal payment terms through third-party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.

        We are party to a trade receivables financing agreement, whereby we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $130.0. Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $130.0 program limit. We had no available borrowing capacity under the facility at December 31, 2011. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.

(13)   Financial Instruments

Currency Forward Contracts

        We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency denominated cash flows and to minimize their impact. Our principal currency exposures relate to the Euro, Chinese Yuan, South African Rand and British Pound.

        From time to time, we enter into currency protection agreements ("FX forward contracts") to manage the exposure on contracts with forecasted transactions denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries. In addition, some of our contracts contain currency forward embedded derivatives ("FX embedded derivatives"), as the currency of exchange is not "clearly and closely" related to the functional currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges, as deemed appropriate. To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives' fair value are not included in current earnings, but are included in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). These changes in fair value will subsequently be reclassified into earnings as a component of revenues or cost of products sold, as applicable, when the

94



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

forecasted transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable the cumulative change in the derivatives' fair value will be recorded as a component of "Other expense, net" in the period it occurs. To the extent that a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period it occurs. We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $66.1 and $199.5 outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with scheduled maturities of $59.7 and $6.4 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. We had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $73.2 and $200.9 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with scheduled maturities of $55.0, $15.8 and $2.4 in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The unrealized loss, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts was $3.7 and $4.1 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying approximately $2.8 of the unrealized loss to income over the next 12 months.

        Beginning on August 30, 2011, we entered into FX forward contracts to hedge a significant portion of the Clyde Union acquisition purchase price, which, as previously noted, was paid in GBP. From the inception of these contracts until December 22, 2011 (the date the contracts were settled), the U.S. dollar strengthened against the GBP by approximately 4%. As a result, we recorded charges and made cash payments to settle the contracts during 2011 of $34.6, with the charges recorded to "Other expense, net."

Commodity Contracts

        From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials ("commodity contracts"). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the outstanding notional amount of commodity contracts was 2.9 and 1.8 pounds of copper, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We reclassify the AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of these contracts was $0.8 (current liability) and $1.0 (current asset), respectively. The unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes, recorded in AOCI was $(0.7) and $0.8 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized loss to income over the next 12 months.

Interest Rate Swaps

        Prior to the August 2010 repayment of our then-existing variable rate term loan, we maintained Swaps to hedge the associated interest rate risk. These Swaps, which we designated and accounted for as cash flow hedges, effectively converted the majority of our borrowings under our then-existing variable rate term loan to a fixed rate of 4.795% plus the applicable margin. In connection with the repayment of our then-existing term loan, we terminated all of our Swaps, resulting in a cash payment of $26.9 (including $2.6 of accrued interest) and a charge to earnings of $24.3 during 2010.

        The following summarizes the fair value of our derivative financial instruments:

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Fair Value   Balance Sheet
Classification
  Fair Value  

Derivative contracts designated as hedging instruments:

                     

Commodity contracts

  Other current assets   $   Other current assets   $ 1.0  
                   

FX forward contracts

  Accrued expenses   $ (0.4 ) Accrued expenses   $ (2.9 )

Commodity contracts

  Accrued expenses     (0.8 )      
                   

      $ (1.2 )     $ (2.9 )
                   

Derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments:

                     

FX forward contracts

  Other current assets   $   Other current assets   $ 0.5  

FX embedded derivatives

  Other current assets     1.2   Other current assets     2.6  
                   

      $ 1.2       $ 3.1  
                   

FX forward contracts

  Accrued expenses   $ (0.4 ) Accrued expenses   $ (1.4 )

FX embedded derivatives

  Accrued expenses     (0.3 ) Accrued expenses     (1.8 )

FX embedded derivatives

  Other long-term liabilities     (14.8 ) Other long-term liabilities     (33.2 )
                   

      $ (15.5 )     $ (36.4 )
                   

95



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        The following summarizes the effect of derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedging relationships on AOCI and the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 
  Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in AOCI,
pre-tax(1)
   
  Amount of gain (loss)
reclassified from AOCI to
income, pre-tax(1)
 
 
  Classification of gain (loss)
reclassified from AOCI
 
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

Swaps

  $   $ (9.3 ) $ (6.6 ) Interest Expense   $   $ (12.7 ) $ (20.4 )

                    Loss on early extinguishment of interest rate protection agreements and term loan         (24.3 )    

FX Forward contracts

    (0.2 )   (4.9 )   (1.8 ) Cost of products sold     (0.8 )        

FX embedded derivatives

        2.3     (4.6 ) Cost of products sold         1.8      

Commodity contracts

    (1.8 )   1.0     4.0   Cost of products sold     0.6     0.7     (6.2 )
                               

  $ (2.0 ) $ (10.9 ) $ (9.0 )     $ (0.2 ) $ (34.5 ) $ (26.6 )
                               

(1)
For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, gains (losses) of $0.3, $1.1, and ($0.2), respectively, were recognized in "Other expense, net" relating to derivative ineffectiveness and amounts excluded from effectiveness testing.

        The following summarizes the effect of derivative financial instruments not designated as cash flow hedging relationships on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 
   
  Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in income
 
 
  Classification of gain (loss)
recognized in income
 
 
  2011   2010   2009  

FX forward contracts

  Other expense, net   $ (38.5 ) $ 5.0   $ 5.6  

FX embedded derivatives(1)

  Other expense, net     1.2     (23.4 )   (13.1 )
                   

      $ (37.3 ) $ (18.4 ) $ (7.5 )
                   

(1)
Includes $4.6 of losses reclassified from AOCI during the year ended December 31, 2010 resulting from the discontinuance of cash flow hedge accounting as the forecasted transactions were determined to no longer be probable.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and foreign currency forward and commodity contracts. These financial instruments, other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.

        We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.

        Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. We mitigate our credit risks by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers' financial conditions and obtaining collateral, advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.

96



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

(14)   Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Matters

Leases

        We lease certain manufacturing facilities, offices, sales and service locations, machinery and equipment, vehicles and office equipment under various leasing programs accounted for as operating and capital leases, some of which include scheduled rent increases stated in the lease agreement. We do not have any significant leases that require rental payments based on contingent events nor have we received any significant lease incentive payments.

Operating Leases

        The future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are:

Year Ending December 31,  

2012

  $ 46.1  

2013

    35.0  

2014

    27.4  

2015

    17.7  

2016

    13.2  

Thereafter

    43.2  
       

Total minimum payments

  $ 182.6  
       

        Total operating lease expense, inclusive of rent based on scheduled rent increases and rent holidays recognized on a straight-line basis, was $55.5 in 2011, $54.4 in 2010 and $58.0 in 2009.

Capital Leases

        Future minimum lease payments under capital lease obligations are:

Year Ending December 31,  

2012

  $ 6.9  

2013

    6.4  

2014

    3.7  

2015

    3.2  

2016

    3.2  

Thereafter

    9.8  
       

Total minimum payments

    33.2  

Less: interest

    (7.2 )
       

Capital lease obligation

    26.0  

Less: current maturities

    (4.2 )
       

Long-term portion

  $ 21.8  
       

        Assets held through capital lease agreements at December 31, 2011:

Machinery and equipment

  $ 9.4  

Buildings

    23.9  

Other

    3.7  
       

Total

    37.0  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (9.7 )
       

Net book value

  $ 27.3  
       

97



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

Other Lease

        During 2011, we entered into a lease for a new corporate headquarters in Charlotte, NC. Construction of the building began in the second quarter of 2011 and is scheduled to be completed during the first quarter of 2013. The initial lease term is for 15 years with two five-year extensions available. Annual lease payments for the building, which are not included in any of the tables above, are approximately $6.5, with payments commencing once construction of the building is completed. In addition, we have an option to purchase the land and building that we can exercise after construction of the building is completed.

General

        Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including those relating to litigation matters (e.g., class actions, derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, and risk management matters (e.g., product and general liability, automobile, and workers' compensation claims), have been filed or are pending against us and certain of our subsidiaries. Additionally, we may become subject to significant claims of which we are currently unaware, or the claims of which we are aware may result in us incurring a significantly greater liability than we anticipate. This may also be true in connection with past or future acquisitions. While we maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general liability, environmental, and directors' and officers' liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection with acquisitions that we believe cover a portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. In addition, we have increased our self-insurance limits over the past several years. While we believe we are entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against potential loss exposures. However, we believe that our accruals related to these items are sufficient and that these items and our rights to available insurance and indemnity will be resolved without material effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. These accruals totaled $558.3 (including $495.6 for risk management matters) and $436.2 (including $366.1 for risk management matters) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of these amounts, $491.8 and $368.0 are included in "Other long-term liabilities" within our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with the remainder included in "Accrued expenses."

        We had insurance recovery assets related to risk management matters of $428.9 and $320.0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, included in "Other assets" within our consolidated balance sheets.

        Also, during 2011, we recorded a charge of $19.4 associated with amounts that are deemed uncollectible from an insolvent insurer for certain risk management matters. Of the $19.4 charge, $18.2 was recorded to "Other expense, net" and $1.2 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax."

Litigation Matters

        We are subject to litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these matters are either without merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect individually or in the aggregate on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Matters

        Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulatory requirements relating to environmental protection. It is our policy to comply fully with all applicable requirements. As part of our effort to comply, we have a comprehensive environmental compliance program that includes environmental audits conducted by internal and external independent professionals, as well as regular communications with our operating units regarding environmental compliance requirements and anticipated regulations. Based on current information, we believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations that could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We have liabilities for site investigation and/or remediation at 92 sites that we own or control. In addition, while we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover the costs of site investigation and/or remediation, we cannot provide assurance that new matters, developments, laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws and regulations will not materially affect our business or operations in the future.

98



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

        Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, including new or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions from estimates provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. It is our policy to realize a change in estimate once it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. We generally do not discount our environmental accruals and do not reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries. We do take into account third-party indemnification from financially viable parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the right to indemnification.

        In the case of contamination at offsite, third-party disposal sites, we have been notified that we are potentially responsible and have received other notices of potential liability pursuant to various environmental laws at 28 sites at which the liability has not been settled, and only 12 of which have been active in the past few years. These laws may impose liability on certain persons that are considered jointly and severally liable for the costs of investigation and remediation of hazardous substances present at these sites, regardless of fault or legality of the original disposal. These persons include the present or former owners or operators of the site and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances at the site. We are considered a "de minimis" potentially responsible party at most of the sites, and we estimate that the aggregate probable remaining liability at these sites is immaterial.

        We conduct extensive environmental due diligence with respect to potential acquisitions, including environmental site assessments and such further testing as we may deem warranted. If an environmental matter is identified, we estimate the cost and either establish a liability, purchase insurance or obtain an indemnity from a financially sound seller. However, in connection with our acquisitions or dispositions, we may assume or retain significant environmental liabilities, some of which we may be unaware. The potential costs related to these environmental matters and the possible impact on future operations are uncertain due in part to the complexity of government laws and regulations and their interpretations, the varying costs and effectiveness of various clean-up technologies, the uncertain level of insurance or other types of recovery, and the questionable level of our responsibility. We record a liability when it is both probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Due to the uncertainties previously described, we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount of possible additional losses associated with the resolution of these matters beyond what has been recorded.

        In our opinion, after considering accruals established for such purposes, remedial actions for compliance with the present laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment are not expected to have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Risk Management Matters

        We are self-insured for certain of our workers' compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for risk management matters are determined by us, are based on claims filed and estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts. This insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against loss exposure.

Collaborative Arrangements

        Collaborative arrangements are defined as a contractual arrangement in which the parties are (1) active participants to the arrangements and (2) exposed to significant risks and rewards that depend on the commercial success of the endeavor. Costs incurred and revenues generated from transactions with third parties are required to be reported by the collaborators on the appropriate line item in their respective income statements.

        We enter into consortium arrangements for certain projects within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment. Under such arrangements, each consortium member is responsible for performing certain discrete items of work within the total scope of the contracted work and the consortium expires when all contractual obligations are completed. The revenues for these discrete items of work are defined in the contract with the project owner and each consortium member bearing the profitability risk associated with its own work. Our consortium arrangements typically provide that each consortium member

99



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(in millions, except per share data)

assumes its responsible share of any damages or losses associated with the project; however, the use of a consortium arrangement typically results in joint and several liability for the consortium members. If responsibility cannot be determined or a consortium member defaults, then the consortium members are responsible according to their share of the contract value. Within our consolidated financial statements, we account for our share of the revenues and profits under the consortium arrangements. As of December 31, 2011, our share of the aggregate contract value on open consortium arrangements was $324.0 (of which approximately 56% had been recognized as revenue), and the aggregate contract value on open consortium arrangements was $801.1. As of December 31, 2010, our share of the aggregate contract value on open consortium arrangements was $381.4 (of which approximately 45% had been recognized as revenue), and the aggregate contract value on open consortium arrangements was $948.7. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded liabilities of $1.9 and $3.2, respectively, representing the estimated fair value of our potential obligation under the joint and several liability provisions associated with the consortium arrangements.

Executive Agreements

        The Board of Directors has approved employment agreements for nine of our executives. These agreements have rolling terms of either one year or two years and specify the executive's current compensation, benefits and perquisites, the executive's entitlements upon termination of employment or a change in control, and other employment rights and responsibilities. In addition, three executive officers have outstanding non-interest bearing 20-year relocation home loans totaling $4.5 granted in connection with the 2001 move of our corporate headquarters. In the event of the death or permanent disability of the employee or a change in control of SPX, we will forgive the note and pay the employee or his estate an amount equal to the employee's tax liability as a result of the loan forgiveness.

U.S. Health Care Reform Legislation

        In the first quarter of 2010, the PPAC Act was enacted. As discussed in Note 11, the PPAC Act eliminated a portion of the federal income tax deduction available to companies that provide prescription drug benefits to retirees under Medicare Part D. We currently are evaluating other prospective effects of the Act and the related effects on our business.

(15)   Shareholders' Equity and Stock-Based Compensation

Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computations of the components used for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Numerator:

                   

Income from continuing operations

  $ 185.3   $ 191.6   $ 49.0  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    5.0     (2.8 )   1.8  
               

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 180.3   $ 194.4   $ 47.2  
               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  $ 0.3   $ 11.2   $ (32.8 )

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (17.3 )
               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.3   $ 11.2   $ (15.5 )
               

Denominator:

                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic earnings per share

    50.499     49.718     49.363  

Dilutive Securities — Employee stock options and restricted stock units

    0.447     0.629     0.434  
               

Weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive securities used in diluted earnings per share

    50.946     50.347     49.797  
               

        The total number of stock options that were not included in the computation of dilutive earnings per share because their exercise price was greater than the average market price of common shares was 0.117, 0.405 and 0.668 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total number of unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because required market thresholds for vesting (as discussed below) were not met was 0.633, 0.102 and 0.222 at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

100



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        The components of the balance sheet caption "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" were as follows:

 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  $ 199.7   $ 223.2  

Net unrealized losses on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of $2.9 and $2.2, respectively

    (4.4 )   (3.3 )

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities,

    (1.5 )   6.1  

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment and other, net of tax benefit of $274.3 and $266.6, respectively(1)

    (440.3 )   (418.6 )
           

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (246.5 ) $ (192.6 )
           

(1)
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, included $3.8 and $3.2, respectively, related to our share of the pension liability adjustment for EGS.

Common Stock and Treasury Stock

        At December 31, 2011, we had 200.0 authorized shares of common stock (par value $10.00). Common shares issued, treasury shares and shares outstanding are summarized in the table below.

 
  Common Stock
Issued
  Treasury
Stock
  Shares
Outstanding
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

    96.523     (45.395 )   51.128  

Stock options exercised

    0.154         0.154  

Share repurchases

        (2.625 )   (2.625 )

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

    0.260     0.104     0.364  

Other

    0.347         0.347  
               

Balance at December 31, 2009

    97.284     (47.916 )   49.368  

Stock options exercised

    0.238         0.238  

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

    0.278     0.142     0.420  

Other

    0.268         0.268  
               

Balance at December 31, 2010

    98.068     (47.774 )   50.294  

Stock options exercised

    0.154         0.154  

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

    0.209     0.145     0.354  

Other

    0.271         0.271  
               

Balance at December 31, 2011

    98.702     (47.629 )   51.073  
               

Stock-Based Compensation

        Under the 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended in 2006 and 2011, the successor plan to the 1992 Stock Compensation Plan, up to 5.0 shares of our common stock were available for grant at December 31, 2011. The 2002 Stock Compensation Plan permits the issuance of new shares or shares from treasury upon the exercise of options, vesting of restricted stock units, or granting of restricted stock. Each share of restricted stock and restricted stock unit granted reduces availability by two and a half shares.

        During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we classified excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of $6.6, $4.2 and $1.7, respectively, as financing cash flows and included such amounts in "Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and other, net of minimum withholdings paid on behalf of employees for net share settlements" within our consolidated statements of cash flows.

101



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        Restricted stock or restricted stock units may be granted to certain eligible employees or non-employee directors in accordance with applicable equity compensation plan documents and agreements. Subject to participants' continued employment and other plan terms and conditions, the restrictions lapse and awards generally vest over three years. Market ("company performance") thresholds have been instituted for vesting of substantially all restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. This vesting is based on SPX shareholder return versus the S&P 500 composite index. On each vesting date, we compare the SPX shareholder return to the performance of the S&P 500 composite index for the prior year and for the cumulative period since the date of the grant. If SPX outperforms the S&P 500 composite index for the prior year, the one-third portion of the grant associated with that year will vest. If SPX outperforms the S&P composite index for the cumulative period, any unvested portion of the grant that was subject to vesting on or prior to the vesting date will vest. Restricted stock and restricted stock units that do not vest within the three-year vesting period are forfeited.

        We grant restricted stock to non-employee directors under the 2006 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan (the "Directors' Plan"). Under the Directors' Plan, up to 0.030 shares of our common stock were available for grant at December 31, 2011. Restricted stock grants have a three-year vesting period based on SPX shareholder return versus the S&P 500 composite index and are subject to the same company performance thresholds for employee awards described in the preceding paragraph. Restricted stock that does not vest within the three-year vesting period in accordance with these performance requirements is forfeited.

        Stock options may be granted to key employees in the form of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, generally vest ratably over three years, which vesting may be subject to performance criteria, and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. The option price per share may be no less than the fair market value of our common stock at the close of business day prior to the date of grant. Upon exercise, the employee has the option to surrender previously owned shares at current value in payment of the exercise price and/or for withholding tax obligations, and, subject to certain restrictions, may receive a reload option having an exercise price equal to the current market value for the number of shares so surrendered. The reload option expires at the same time that the exercised option would have expired. Any future issuances of options under the plan will not have a reload feature, pursuant to the terms of the plan. We have not granted options to any of our employees since 2004.

        The recognition of compensation expense for share-based awards, including stock options, is based on their grant date fair values. The fair value of each award is amortized over the lesser of the award's requisite or derived service period, which is generally up to three years. There was no stock option expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Compensation expense for the restricted stock and restricted stock units totaled $41.4, $31.1, and $27.6 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, with the related tax benefit being $15.5, $11.6, and $10.4 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. There were no option grants in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

        We use the Monte Carlo simulation model valuation technique to determine fair value of our restricted stock and restricted stock units as they contain a "market condition." The Monte Carlo simulation model utilizes multiple input variables that determine the probability of satisfying the market condition stipulated in the award and calculates the fair value of each restricted stock and restricted stock unit award. We used the following assumptions in determining the fair value of the awards granted on March 1, 2011 and March 1, 2010:

 
  Annual expected
stock price
volatility
  Annual expected
dividend yield
  Risk-free interest rate   Correlation
between total
shareholder
return for SPX
and S&P 500
Composite Index
 

March 1, 2011:

                         

SPX Corporation

    61.0 %   1.27 %   1.03 %   0.7559  

S&P 500 Composite Index

    30.3 %   n/a     1.03 %      

March 1, 2010:

                         

SPX Corporation

    62.0 %   1.64 %   1.20 %   0.7250  

S&P 500 Composite Index

    30.8 %   n/a     1.20 %      

102



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

        Annual expected stock price volatility is based on the three-year historical volatility. The annual expected dividend yield is based on annual expected dividend payments and the stock price on the date of grant. The average risk-free interest rate is based on the one-year through three-year daily treasury yield curve rate as of the grant date.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards

        The following table summarizes the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2011:

 
  Unvested Restricted Stock
and Restricted Stock Units
  Weighted-average
Grant-Date Fair
Value per share
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    1.251   $ 58.01  

Granted

    0.667     33.42  

Vested

    (0.429 )   41.75  

Forfeited

    (0.054 )   54.61  
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    1.435     51.75  

Granted

    0.738     48.91  

Vested

    (0.626 )   50.46  

Forfeited

    (0.031 )   47.82  
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    1.516     50.97  

Granted

    0.836     62.72  

Vested

    (0.636 )   51.47  

Forfeited

    (0.276 )   67.21  
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    1.440     54.38  
             

        As of December 31, 2011, there was $20.0 of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and restricted stock unit compensation arrangements. We expect this cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

Stock Options

        The following table shows stock option activity from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2011:

 
  Shares   Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
 

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008

    1.308   $ 64.89  

Exercised

    (0.154 )   39.69  

Terminated

    (0.273 )   94.80  
           

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009

    0.881     59.86  

Exercised

    (0.238 )   48.21  

Terminated

    (0.008 )   90.23  
           

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010

    0.635     63.82  

Exercised

    (0.154 )   65.44  

Terminated

    (0.117 )   89.10  
           

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011

    0.364     54.87  
             

        The weighted-average remaining term, in years, of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 was 0.5. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable on December 31, 2011 was 0.178. Aggregate intrinsic value (market value of stock less option exercise price) represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price on December 31, 2011, which would have been received by the option holders had all in-the-money option holders exercised their options as of that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 was

103



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

$3.8. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.5, $4.1, and $2.7, respectively.

Treasury Stock

        In 2009, we repurchased 2.625 shares of our common stock on the open market pursuant to written trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for total cash consideration of $113.2. We record common stock repurchases based on the settlement date. The covenants under our senior credit facilities contain certain restrictions on the payment of dividends and the repurchase of our common stock. See Note 12 for discussion of our ability to repurchase shares under our current senior credit facilities.

        On February 16, 2012, we entered into a written trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to facilitate the repurchase of up to $350.0 of shares of our common stock on or before February 14, 2013, in accordance with a share repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. Trading under this plan is scheduled to begin no sooner than February 24, 2012. Of the amount under the plan, $75.0 may be repurchased prior to the completion of the sale of our Service Solutions business, with the remainder scheduled to be repurchased following the consummation of the Service Solutions business sale.

Preferred Stock

        None of our 3.0 shares of authorized no par value preferred stock was outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

(16)   Fair Value

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

        The following section describes the valuation methodologies we use to measure different financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        Our financial derivative assets and liabilities include FX forward contracts, FX embedded derivatives and commodity contracts, which are valued using valuation models that measure fair value using observable market inputs such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk and our counterparties' credit risks. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. We have not made any adjustments to the inputs obtained from the independent sources. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments to be active. We primarily use the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount.

        As of December 31, 2011, there had been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own credit risk as the related instruments are collateralized under our senior credit facilities. Similarly, there had been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties' credit risk.

104



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

Investments in Equity Securities

        Our available-for-sale securities include equity investments that are traded in active international markets. They are measured at fair value using closing stock prices from active markets and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

        Certain of our investments in equity securities that are not readily marketable are accounted for under the fair value option, with such values determined by multidimensional pricing models. These models consider market activity based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure. A variety of inputs are used, including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spread and reference data including market research publications. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. We have not made any adjustments to the inputs obtained from the independent sources. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, these assets had a fair value of $7.8 and $8.5, respectively, which are estimated using various valuation models, including the Monte-Carlo simulation model and were recorded in "Other assets" within our consolidated balance sheets.

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2011:

 
  Fair Value Measurements Using  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Current assets — FX embedded derivatives and FX forward contracts

  $   $ 1.2   $  

Noncurrent assets — Investment in equity securities and available-for-sale securities

    5.2         7.8  

Current liabilities — FX forward contracts, FX embedded derivatives, and commodity contracts

        1.9      

Long-term liabilities — FX embedded derivatives

        14.8      

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2010:

 
  Fair Value Measurements Using  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Current assets — FX embedded derivatives, FX forward contracts and commodity contracts

  $   $ 4.1   $  

Noncurrent assets — Investment in equity securities and available-for-sale securities

    12.8         8.5  

Current liabilities — FX forward contracts and FX embedded derivatives

        6.1      

Long-term liabilities — FX embedded derivatives

        33.2      

        The table below presents a reconciliation of our investment in equity securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, including net unrealized losses included in earnings.

 
  Reconciliation of
Equity Securities
using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $  

Purchases

    9.8  

Losses included in earnings

    (1.3 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    8.5  

Losses included in earnings

    (0.7 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 7.8  
       

        During 2011, we recorded impairment charges of $6.5 to "Special charges, net" associated with our decision to postpone the construction of a manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China, with the charge related to all the costs that had been previously capitalized.

        During the second and fourth quarters of 2011, we determined that the fair value of our SPX Heat Transfer Inc. reporting unit was less than the carrying value of its net assets (see Note 8). The fair value of SPX Heat Transfer Inc. was based upon

105



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

weighting the income and market approaches, utilizing estimated cash flows and a terminal value discounted at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the cash flows, as well as valuation multiples derived from comparable publicly-traded companies that are applied to the historical and projected operating results of SPX Heat Transfer Inc. (unobservable inputs — Level 3). We estimated the implied fair value of SPX Heat Transfer Inc.'s goodwill, which resulted in an aggregate impairment charge related to such goodwill of $20.8 during 2011. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011 of $7.5 related to the indefinite-lived intangible assets of SPX Heat Transfer Inc., with the fair value of these intangible assets of $22.6 determined based on a projection of cash flows for the assets discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the cash flows (unobservable inputs — Level 3).

        During 2011, we recorded an impairment charge of $3.7, to "Special charges, net" related to the rationalization of certain software assets that occurred as a result of the integration of the DS acquisition (see Note 4). The fair value of these assets ($16.2) was determined by obtaining information in the specific markets being evaluated, including the costs incurred to produce similar assets and assumptions about demand in the market for these assets (unobservable inputs — Level 3).

        During 2010, we recorded impairment charges of $7.9, to "Special charges, net" related to assets to be disposed of in connection with certain restructuring initiatives (see Note 6). The fair values of these assets ($4.7) were based on the estimated selling prices. We determined the estimated selling prices by obtaining information in the specific markets being evaluated, including comparable sales of similar assets and assumptions about demand in the market for these assets (unobservable inputs — Level 3).

        In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2009, we determined that the fair value of our Service Solutions reporting unit was less than the carrying value of its net assets (see Note 8). The fair value of the reporting unit was based upon weighting of the income and market approaches, utilizing estimated cash flows and a terminal value discounted at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the cash flows, as well as valuation multiples derived from comparable publicly traded companies that are applied to the historical and projected operating results of the reporting unit (unobservable inputs — Level 3). We estimated the implied fair value of Service Solutions' goodwill, which resulted in an impairment charge related to such goodwill of $187.7 in 2009. In addition, in 2009 we recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 related to other intangible assets of Service Solutions. The fair value of these intangible assets was determined based on a projection of cash flows for the assets discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the cash flows (unobservable input — Level 3).

        In connection with our annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of 2009, we determined that trademarks held by a business within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment were impaired and, thus, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.1 during 2009. The fair value was determined by applying an estimated royalty rate to projected revenues, with the resulting cash flows discounted at a rate of return that reflected current market conditions (unobservable inputs — Level 3).

        We recorded pre-tax impairment charges of $20.8 during 2009 (to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax") in order to reduce the carrying value of the net assets of Filtran and PSD (see Note 4) to their estimated fair values. The fair value of the Filtran business was based primarily on the sales price received in October 2009 (i.e., an observable quoted price in an active market, as adjusted for certain other observable inputs — Level 2), while the fair value for PSD was based on indications of interest (unobservable inputs — Level 3). In addition, we recorded impairment charges of $11.1 during 2009 to "Special charges, net" related to assets to be disposed in connection with certain restructuring initiatives. The fair values of $8.9 for these assets was based on the estimated selling prices. We determined the estimated selling prices by obtaining information in the specific markets being evaluated, including comparable sales of similar assets and assumptions about demand in the market for these assets (unobservable inputs — Level 3).

        The carrying amount of cash and equivalents and receivables reported in our consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

        The fair value of our debt instruments, based on borrowing rates available to us at December 31, 2011 for similar debt, was $2,099.1 at December 31, 2011, compared to our carrying value of $2,001.1.

106



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

(17)   Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

 
  First(3)   Second   Third   Fourth(3)  
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010  

Operating revenues

  $ 1,199.0   $ 1,084.6   $ 1,384.0   $ 1,188.8   $ 1,387.2   $ 1,288.4   $ 1,491.7   $ 1,325.0  

Gross profit

    349.3     313.2     383.3     353.0     391.1     378.0     411.6     388.6  

Income from continuing operations(1)

    26.7     17.9     32.3     69.6     61.9     39.7     64.4     64.4  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)(2)

    (1.9 )   3.4     2.7     8.4     0.4         (0.9 )   (0.6 )
                                   

Net income

    24.8     21.3     35.0     78.0     62.3     39.7     63.5     63.8  

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1.7     (0.8 )   0.7     (0.8 )   1.6     0.3     1.0     (1.5 )
                                   

Net income attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

  $ 23.1   $ 22.1   $ 34.3   $ 78.8   $ 60.7   $ 39.4   $ 62.5   $ 65.3  
                                   

Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock:

                                                 

Continuing operations

  $ 0.50   $ 0.38   $ 0.63   $ 1.42   $ 1.19   $ 0.79   $ 1.25   $ 1.32  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    (0.04 )   0.07     0.05     0.17     0.01         (0.01 )   (0.01 )
                                   

Net income

  $ 0.46   $ 0.45   $ 0.68   $ 1.59   $ 1.20   $ 0.79   $ 1.24   $ 1.31  
                                   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock:

                                                 

Continuing operations

  $ 0.49   $ 0.37   $ 0.62   $ 1.40   $ 1.19   $ 0.78   $ 1.25   $ 1.30  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    (0.04 )   0.07     0.05     0.17     0.01         (0.02 )   (0.01 )
                                   

Net income

  $ 0.45   $ 0.44   $ 0.67   $ 1.57   $ 1.20   $ 0.78   $ 1.23   $ 1.29  
                                   

Note:    The sum of the quarters' earnings per share may not equal the full year per share amounts.

(1)
The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2011 included charges of $3.1, $8.9, $7.7, and $11.7, respectively, associated with restructuring initiatives. The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 included charges of $6.8, $4.4, $8.9 and $16.3, respectively, associated with restructuring initiatives. See Note 6 for additional information.

The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2011 included income (expense) for foreign currency transactions and our FX forward contracts and FX embedded derivatives of $(2.2), $(4.0), $(31.2) and $(5.8), respectively, while the related amounts for the four quarters of 2010 were $(12.9), $(2.5), $(7.3) and $(4.9), respectively. The third and fourth quarter 2011 amounts include charges of $30.6 and $4.0, respectively, associated with FX forward contracts which were entered into in order to hedge the purchase price of the Clyde Union acquisition, which was paid in GBP.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, we began amortizing, for one of our domestic pension plans, the unrecognized gains (losses) over the average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants as opposed to the average remaining service period of the active participants, as almost all of the plan participants have become inactive. This change resulted in a reduction in pension expense of $5.0 for each of the quarters during 2011.

During the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2011, we recorded income tax credits of $0.8, $0.9, $2.0 and $4.0, respectively, related to the expansion of our power transformer facility in Waukesha, WI.

During the first quarter of 2011, we recorded an insurance recovery of $6.3 within our Industrial Products and Services segment related to a product liability matter.

During the second and fourth quarters of 2011, we recorded impairment charges of $24.7 and $3.6, respectively, related to the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of SPX Heat Transfer Inc.

During the second quarter of 2011, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.5 associated with the conclusion of a Canadian appeals process.

107



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011
(In millions, except per share data)

    During the third quarter of 2011, we recorded an income tax benefit of $27.8 associated with the release of the valuation allowance on our existing foreign tax credit carryforwards. This benefit was offset partially by $6.9 of federal income taxes that were recorded in connection with our plan to repatriate a portion of the earnings of a foreign subsidiary.

    During the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded a charge of $19.4 associated with amounts that are deemed uncollectible from an insolvent insurer for certain risk management matters. Of the $19.4 charge, $18.2 was recorded to "Other expense, net" and $1.2 to "Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax."

    During the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded net charges of $10.7 within our Thermal Equipment and Services segment associated with changes in cost estimates for certain contracts in South Africa.

    Incentive compensation expense for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $14.1 lower than the related figure for the fourth quarter of 2010.

    The effective income tax rate for the first quarter of 2010 was impacted unfavorably by a domestic charge of $6.2 associated with the taxation of prescription drug costs for retirees under Medicare Part D as a result of the enactment of the PPAC Act. In addition, we recorded a domestic charge of $3.8 during the first quarter of 2010 associated with agreed-upon adjustments in connection with the field examination of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns (see below for further discussion of the examination).

    During the second quarter of 2010, the IRS completed the field examination of our 2006 and 2007 federal income tax returns and issued a RAR. Upon issuance of the RAR, we reduced a portion of our valuation allowance and our liability for uncertain tax positions to reflect amounts determined to be effectively settled or that satisfied the more likely than not threshold, resulting in the recognition of income tax benefits of $22.0 and $7.3 to continuing and discontinued operations, respectively.

    During the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded tax benefits of $16.0 related to a reduction in liabilities for uncertain tax positions associated with various foreign and domestic statute expirations and settlements of state examinations. In addition, we recorded a domestic charge of $3.6 associated with the repatriation of foreign earnings during the quarter.

(2)
During the first quarter of 2010, we completed the sale of PSD for cash consideration of $3.0, resulting in a gain, net of taxes, of $3.6 during the quarter.

(3)
We establish actual interim closing dates using a "fiscal" calendar, which requires our businesses to close their books on the Saturday closest to the end of the calendar quarter for the first quarter, with the second and third quarters being 91 days in length. Our fourth quarter ends on December 31. The interim closing dates for the first, second and third quarters of 2011 were April 2, July 2 and October 1, compared to the respective April 3, July 3 and October 2, 2010 dates. This practice only affects the quarterly reporting periods and not the annual reporting period. We had one fewer day in the first quarter of 2011 and had one more day in the fourth quarter of 2011 than in the respective 2010 periods.

108



ITEM 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.


ITEM 9A. Controls And Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        SPX management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), as of December 31, 2011. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        In connection with the evaluation by SPX management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d), no changes during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 were identified that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control framework and processes were designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

        Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changing conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, such internal control is effective at the reasonable assurance level described above. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control — Integrated Framework.

        On December 22, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Clyde Union. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, management excluded the Clyde Union business from its annual assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Total assets of Clyde Union constituted approximately 15% of our total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2011.

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K.

109



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of SPX Corporation:

        We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Clyde Union (Holdings) S.A.R.L. ("Clyde Union"), which was acquired on December 22, 2011 and whose accounts constitute approximately 15% of consolidated total assets and 0.2% of consolidated revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Clyde Union. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated February 23, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
February 23, 2012

110



ITEM 9B. Other Information

        Not applicable.

111



P A R T    I I I

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

(a)
Directors of the company.

        This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading "Election of Directors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Executive Officers of the company.

112


(c)
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.
(d)
Code of Ethics.
(e)
Information regarding our Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee is set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings "Corporate Governance" and "Board Committees" and is incorporated herein by reference.

113



ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

        This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings "Executive Compensation" and "Director Compensation" and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters

        This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings "Ownership of Common Stock" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

        This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading "Corporate Governance" and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees And Services

        This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading "Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Public Accountants" and is incorporated herein by reference.

114



P A R T    I V

ITEM 15. Exhibits And Financial Statement Schedules

        The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

115



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 23rd day of February, 2012.

    SPX CORPORATION
(Registrant)

 

 

By

 

/s/ PATRICK J. O'LEARY

Patrick J. O'Leary
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        The undersigned officers and directors of SPX Corporation hereby severally constitute Christopher J. Kearney and Patrick J. O'Leary and each of them singly our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them and each of them singly, to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed herewith and any and all amendments thereto, and generally do all such things in our name and on our behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable SPX Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any one of them on the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 23rd day of February, 2012.

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. KEARNEY

Christopher J. Kearney
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer
  /s/ PATRICK J. O'LEARY

Patrick J. O'Leary
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

/s/ ALBERT A. KOCH

Albert A. Koch
Director

 

/s/ KERMIT CAMPBELL

Kermit Campbell
Director

/s/ MICHAEL J. MANCUSO

Michael J. Mancuso
Director

 

/s/ EMERSON U. FULLWOOD

Emerson U. Fullwood
Director

/s/ MARTHA B. WYRSCH

Martha B. Wyrsch
Director

 

/s/ TERRY S. LISENBY

Terry S. Lisenby
Director

/s/ MICHAEL A. REILLY

Michael A. Reilly
Vice President, Corporate Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer

 

/s/ PETER F. VOLANAKIS

Peter F. Volanakis
Director

116



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Item No.
   
  Description
  3.1     Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (file no. 1-6948).

 

3.2

 


 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated April 25, 1988, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988 (file no. 1-6948).

 

3.3

 


 

By-Laws as amended and restated effective November 17, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

3.4

 


 

By-Laws as amended and restated effective October 26, 2011, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.1

 


 

Indenture between SPX Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee, dated as of December 27, 2002, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2003 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.2

 


 

First Supplemental Indenture between SPX Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee, dated as of December 27, 2002, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2003 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.3

 


 

Second Supplemental Indenture between SPX Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee, dated as of June 16, 2003, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 18, 2003 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.4

 


 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2005, between SPX Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (f/k/a JPMorgan Chase Bank), as trustee, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 7, 2005 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.5

 


 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 24, 2005, between SPX Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (f/k/a JPMorgan Chase Bank), as trustee, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 7, 2005 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.6

 


 

Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2007 between SPX Corporation, the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2007 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.7

 


 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2007, among SPX Corporation, the Guarantors, and Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2007 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.8

 


 

Indenture, dated as of August 16, 2010 between SPX Corporation, the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2010 (file no. 1-6948).

 

4.9

 


 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2010, among SPX Corporation, the Guarantors, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2010 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.1

 


 

Form of Loan Note (Primary Residence) for certain executive officers, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.2

 


 

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan of United Dominion Industries, Inc., effective as of May 24, 2001, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.3

 


 

SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2005 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.4

 


 

Amendment to SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.5

 


 

Form SPX Corporation Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement for Executive Officers, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

Item No.
   
  Description
  *10.6     2002 Stock Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated), incorporated herein by reference to Appendix C of our definitive proxy statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 3, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.7

 


 

Executive Annual Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix C of our definitive proxy statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 3, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.8

 


 

2006 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix C of our definitive proxy statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 13, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.9

 


 

Amendment to the SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.10

 


 

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, The Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and the lenders party thereto, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2010.

 

*10.11

 


 

SPX Corporation 2008 Executive Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 29, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.12

 


 

SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated May 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.13

 


 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.14

 


 

SPX Corporation Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan, as amended and restated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.15

 


 

SPX Corporation 1997 Non-Employee Director's Compensation Plan, as amended and restated December 17, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.16

 


 

SPX Corporation 2005 Non-Employee Directors' Compensation Plan, as amended and restated December 17, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.17

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Christopher J. Kearney, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.18

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Patrick J. O'Leary, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.19

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Robert B. Foreman, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.20

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Don L. Canterna, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.21

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and David A. Kowalski, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.22

 


 

Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Kevin Lilly, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

Item No.
   
  Description
  *10.23     Amended and restated Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Lee S. Powell, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.24

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Christopher J. Kearney, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.25

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Patrick J. O'Leary, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.26

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Robert B. Foreman, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.27

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Don L. Canterna, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.28

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and David A. Kowalski, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.29

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Kevin Lilly, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.30

 


 

Amended and restated Executive Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Lee S. Powell, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.31

 


 

SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management, as Amended and Restated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.32

 


 

SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management, as amended and restated April 22, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.33

 


 

Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Jeremy W. Smeltser, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.34

 


 

Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and J. Michael Whitted, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.35

 


 

Employment Agreement between SPX Corporation and Drew T. Ladau, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.36

 


 

Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Jeremy W. Smeltser, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.37

 


 

Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and J. Michael Whitted, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.38

 


 

Amendment to Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and J. Michael Whitted, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.39

 


 

Change of Control Agreement between SPX Corporation and Drew T. Ladau, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.40

 


 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

Item No.
   
  Description
  *10.41     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2009 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.42

 


 

First Amendment, dated February 22, 2010, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, The Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and the lenders party thereto, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 23, 2010 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.48

 


 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

*10.49

 


 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

*10.50

 


 

Amendment to the 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

*10.51

 


 

Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

*10.52

 


 

2002 Stock Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated), incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of our definitive proxy statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed March 23, 2011(file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.53

 


 

Executive Annual Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix C of our definitive proxy statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 3, 2006 (file no. 1-6948).

 

*10.54

 


 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.55

 


 

Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and the lenders party thereto, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 5, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.56

 


 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2011, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and the lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference herein from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 11, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.57

 


 

Incremental Facility Activation Notice (Incremental Term Loan A), dated as of October 5, 2011, from SPX Corporation to the Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference herein from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 11, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.58

 


 

Incremental Facility Activation Notice (Incremental Term Loan X), dated as of October 5, 2011, from SPX Corporation to the Bank of America, N.A., incorporated by reference herein from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 11, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.59

 


 

Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings), dated August 24, 2011, incorporated by reference herein from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending October 1, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.60

 


 

Deed of Amendment to the Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings), dated November 1, 2011, incorporated by reference herein from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending October 1, 2011 (file no. 1-6948).

 

10.61

 


 

Deed of Amendment to the Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings), dated December 22, 2011.

Item No.
   
  Description
  11.1     Statement regarding computation of earnings per share. See Consolidated Statements of Operations on page 50 of this Form 10-K.

 

21.1

 


 

Subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 


 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Deloitte &Touche LLP.

 

23.2

 


 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP

 

24.1

 


 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

 

31.1

 


 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.

 

32.1

 


 

Section 1350 Certifications.

 

99.1

 


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP

 

101.1

 


 

SPX Corporation Financial information from its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL, including: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



Exhibit 10.61

 

This Agreement has been prepared by Dundas & Wilson CS LLP (“D&W”) in the course of its acting for Clyde Blowers Capital S.à r.l, SCF-VI Offshore L.P and the Management (as defined herein) (together “Our Clients”).  D&W is not responsible to anyone other than Our Clients for providing the protections afforded to our clients generally or for providing advice in relation to the Agreement.  You are advised that the signature of the Agreement may have legal consequences and that you should consider taking independent legal advice before signing it.

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT

 

among

 

(1) CLYDE BLOWERS CAPITAL S.À R.L.

 

(2) SCF-VI OFFSHORE L.P.

 

(3) APPLEBY NOMINEES (JERSEY) LIMITED

 

(4) THE MANAGEMENT

 

(5) SPX CORPORATION

 

and

 

(6) THE RESTRICTED PERSONS

 

Relating to the Share Purchase Agreement dated 24 August 2011 in connection with the sale of the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings) S.à r.l.

 

Dated:     22  December 2011

 



 

INDEX

 

1.

Definitions and Interpretation

4

 

 

 

2.

Amendments

4

 

 

 

3.

2011 EDITDA

5

 

 

 

4.

Counterparts

5

 

 

 

5.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

5

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 15

6

 

 

Section 1 Earn Out

6

 

 

Section 2 Covenants

1

 

2



 

THIS DEED is made on 22 December  2011

 

AMONG

 

(1)                                 CLYDE BLOWERS CAPITAL S.À R.L a private limited liability company (“société a responsibilité limitée”) incorporated in Luxembourg (registered number B141248) and having its registered address at 37 Rue d’Anvers L-1130, Luxembourg (“Clyde”);

 

(2)                                 SCF-VI OFFSHORE L.P. a limited partnership registered in the Cayman Islands and having its registered office at Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (“SCF”);

 

(3)                                 APPLEBY NOMINEES (JERSEY) LIMITED a company incorporated in Jersey (registered number 3051), whose registered office is at PO Box 207, 13-14 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 1BD (“Appleby”);

 

Clyde, SCF and Appleby are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Sellers

 

(4)                                 THE PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in Section 2 (The Management) of Schedule 1 of the SPA (the “Management”);

 

(5)                                 SPX CORPORATION a company incorporated in Delaware, USA and having its principal place of business at 13515 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Charlotte, North Carolina 28277, United States (the “Purchaser”); and

 

(6)                                 THE PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in Section 3 (The Restricted Persons) of Schedule 1 of the SPA (the “Restricted Persons”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

A.                                  On 24 August 2011, the Sellers, the Management, the Purchaser and the Restricted Persons entered into an agreement (the “Original Agreement”) to sell all of the corporate units in the capital of CLYDE UNION (HOLDINGS) S.À R.L, a private limited liability company (“société a responsibilité limitée”) incorporated in Luxembourg (registered number B140256), (the “Company”) details of which are set out in Section 1 (Particulars of the Company) of Schedule 2 of the SPA.

 

B.                                    The Original Agreement was amended by (1) Deed of Amendment by the parties to the SPA dated 1 November 2011 and (2) Deed of Amendment by the parties to the SPA dated 22 December 2011 (the Original Agreement, as so amended, being hereinafter called the “SPA”).

 

C.                                    The parties wish to make certain amendments to the SPA as described in this Deed.

 

D.                                   In accordance with Clause 20 of the SPA, the parties wish to amend the SPA to reflect these changes.

 

3



 

NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                                In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise or unless otherwise specified, the words and expressions defined in the SPA shall have the same meanings in this Deed.

 

1.2                                In this Deed, the provision of Clauses 1, 12 to 24 (inclusive), 27 and 28 of the SPA shall be deemed to be incorporated herein brevitatis causa.

 

2.                                      AMENDMENTS

 

2.1                                Consideration

 

Clauses 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the SPA shall be deleted in their entirety with effect from the time of signing of the SPA on 24 August 2011 (the “Amendment Effective Time”) and replaced with the following Clauses:

 

“3.1                            Subject to any adjustment in respect of the Completion Net Debt as set out in Clause 3.5, the Consideration shall be an amount equal to:

 

3.1.1                        £500,000,000 payable at Completion in the manner set out in Clause 6 (Completion);

 

3.1.2                        The Earn Out Payment as defined and set forth in Clause 3.2;

 

3.2                                  The Sellers shall be entitled to the Earn Out Payment as follows:

 

3.2.2                        The Sellers shall be entitled to an earn out payment (the “Earn Out Payment”) equal to the following formula:

 

(Annual 2012 Group EBITDA  x 10) less £475,000,000

 

3.2.3                        In no event shall (a) the Earn Out Payment be less than zero or (b) the aggregate Consideration exceed £750,000,000.

 

3.3                                  The Earn Out Payment and the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA shall be calculated in accordance with the principles set out in Schedule 15 and, if payable, shall be paid within 10 Business Days after the date of the final determination of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA in accordance with this Clause 3 and Schedule 15.”

 

2.2                                Earn Out

 

Schedule 15 of the SPA shall be deleted, with effect from the Amendment Effective Time, and replaced in its entirety with the provisions of the replacement Schedule 15 as set forth in the Schedule to this Deed.

 

3.                                      NET DEBT

 

3.1                                The definition of “Debt” shall be amended by adding the following “(n) the sum of £25,000,000 as a contribution of the Sellers to working capital of Clyde Union Limited (the “Working Capital Contribution”).

 

3.2                                In Clause 3.5.1 Net Debt Projection (as defined), Completion Net Debt (as defined) and Schedule 11 of the SPA shall be deemed to be amended by the inclusion therein of the Working Capital Contribution.

 

4



 

4.                                     2011 EBITDA

 

The Purchaser agrees that it shall not (a) at Completion have any claim (and shall at that time  waive any claim it might have) against any of the Sellers and/or Management under the Interim Period Obligations (pursuant to Clause 5 of the SPA) or (b) at Completion terminate the SPA under Clause 7.6 of the SPA or otherwise, in each case based upon information made available to the Purchaser in the period up to Completion.

 

5.                                      COUNTERPARTS

 

This Deed may be entered into in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each party has executed and delivered at least one counterpart.  Each counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                      GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.  The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed  in respect of any claim (including any non-contractual claim) brought against the Sellers and shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any claim (including any non-contractual claim) brought by the Sellers.

 

This Deed is executed as a deed by the parties and is delivered and takes effect on the date at the beginning of this Deed.

 

5



 

SCHEDULE

 

(Replacement Schedule 15)

 

SCHEDULE 15

 

SECTION 1
EARN OUT

 

1.                                      Definitions

 

In this Schedule the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them-

 

“Annual 2012 Group EBITDA” means the net income of the Group (before deduction of dividends and distributions to the extent expensed in the financial statements of the Group) for the Relevant Year ending 31 December 2012 determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with (1) the principles set out in paragraphs (a) to (c) and (i) to (xii) below, (2) to the extent not inconsistent with paragraph (1) above, the accounting principles, policies and procedures used in the preparation of the Financial Statements (as defined in Schedule 5) consistently applied and (3) to the extent not inconsistent with paragraphs (1) and (2) above, IFRS in force as at 31 December 2012 consistently applied, plus the sum of the following (to the extent deducted from net income for such period):

 

(a) any Tax expense (including deferred tax expense) based on income;

 

(b) depreciation, amortisation or impairment of fixed asset expense (including goodwill and intangible assets) and revaluation of assets and

 

(c) interest expense (including but not limited to bank interest and finance lease interest) and similar charges (including any charge, expense or provision for financing fees, amortisation of debt issuance costs or fees or charges for bonding, bank guarantees or letters of credit).

 

In calculating Annual 2012 Group EBITDA:

 

(i)                        the Group shall be accounted for as a separate and independent accounting entity, and unconsolidated with the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates outside of the Group (“non-Group Entities”);

 

(ii)                     sharing or allocation of overhead with or from any non-Group Entities shall be excluded, and any expenses on the Purchaser’s corporate books that have typically not been recorded on the Group’s books shall be excluded, save to the extent that such costs replace existing costs of the Group;

 

(iii)                  all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transaction contemplated herein (including any costs of integration or restructuring) shall be excluded;

 

(iv)                 to the extent any Annual 2012 Group EBITDA is attributable to acquisitions and joint ventures completed after Completion this shall be excluded;

 

(v)                    all transfer pricing from or to non-Group Entities shall be on an arm’s length basis;

 

(vi)                 costs and expenses of Segment Management personnel (being all management senior to the Management) shall be excluded;

 

(vii)              any extraordinary or exceptional items shall be excluded;

 

(viii)           the calculation of Annual 2012 Group EBITDA shall be adjusted to exclude the impact of the operation of the Group during 2012 other than in the ordinary course of business

 

6



 

consistent with past practice.  The parties agree to use their reasonable good faith efforts to determine the amount of any such adjustment;

 

(ix)               there shall be excluded from such calculation any benefit of any synergies which can be demonstrably gained by the Group in connection with the operation of the business of the Group by virtue of the Group being part of the Purchaser’s Group following Completion (compared with being part of the Seller’s Group prior to Completion) which benefit would not otherwise be available to the Group, provided that in each Quarterly Report (as hereinafter defined) there shall be identified the nature and amount of such synergy in the relevant month provided that such amounts shall only be included in the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA (and the Draft Earn Out Statement) if the amount of such synergy has been agreed by Clyde acting reasonably or has been determined by the Independent Accountant;

 

(x)                      to the extent that the Purchaser increases its percentage holding in any joint venture vehicle of the Group following Completion, the amount of such increase (and the Group’s corresponding increased percentage share of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA attributable to such joint venture vehicle) shall be ignored in the calculation, but not, for the avoidance of doubt the share of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA attributable to the Group’s percentage share of the joint venture vehicle to the extent funded as at Completion;

 

(xi)                   any unrealised foreign exchange gains and foreign exchange losses shall be excluded; and

 

(xii)                if the Purchaser is in breach of the provisions set out in this Schedule and the Sellers have not consented in writing to such breach then the Draft Earn Out Statement and the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA shall be adjusted as if the breach had not occurred for the purpose of determining the Earn Out Payment.

 

Business Plan” means the business plan for the Group Companies for the Relevant Year a copy of which is in the agreed form (as updated for the 2012 Budget such changes to be agreed between Clyde (on behalf of the Sellers) and Purchaser.

 

Relevant Year” means the financial year of the Group Companies commencing on 1 January 2012 and ending on 31 December 2012.

 

2.                                      Draft Earn Out Statement

 

2.1                                Within 75 days after 31 December 2012, the Purchaser shall procure to be prepared and delivered to the Sellers’ representative (as appointed from time to time in accordance with Clause 16.1) a calculation of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA along with a calculation of the Earn Out Payment (the “Draft Earn Out Statement”).  The Draft Earn Out Statement shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  The Sellers will have 60 Business Days after receipt of the Draft Earn Out Statement, to notify the Purchaser in writing that they dispute the calculation of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA or the calculation of the Earn Out Payment, and such notice (the “Statement Dispute Notice”) shall set forth in reasonable detail any objections to the Draft Earn Out Statement and the calculation of the Earn Out Payment, if any.  If the Sellers do not serve the Statement Dispute Notice within such 60 Business Day period, the Draft Earn Out Statement shall be deemed to be final, binding and conclusive on the Sellers and the Purchaser.

 

2.2                                The Sellers may dispute the Draft Earn Out Statement only on the grounds that it has not been prepared in accordance with the basis, methods, procedures, assumptions and adjustments set forth in this Agreement.   In the event of such a dispute, the Sellers and the Purchaser shall in good faith attempt to resolve any such dispute, and any resolution by them as to any disputed amounts shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Sellers and the

 

7



 

Purchaser for all purposes.  If the Sellers and the Purchaser are unable to resolve any such dispute within 30 Business Days after the Statement Dispute Notice has been given by the Sellers to the Purchaser, the Sellers and the Purchaser shall submit the items remaining in dispute for resolution to an internationally recognised independent public accounting firm that currently does not audit and has not audited within the past two years the Sellers or the Purchaser, or any of their respective Affiliates, as shall be agreed upon by the Sellers and the Purchaser (the “Independent Accountant”). If agreement cannot be reached within 10 Business Days of the expiration of the 30 Business Day period set forth in the preceding sentence, the Independent Accountant shall be selected by the London Court of International Arbitration upon the request of either the Sellers or the Purchaser.  Promptly, but no later than 20 Business Days after the dispute is submitted to the Independent Accountant, the Independent Accountant shall determine, based solely on presentations by the Sellers and the Purchaser, and not by independent review, only those issues remaining in dispute and shall render a report as to the dispute and the resulting computation of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA and the Earn Out Payment, as applicable, which shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Sellers and the Purchaser.

 

2.3                                The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant: (a) shall be borne by the Sellers in the proportion that the aggregate pounds sterling amount of such remaining disputed items so submitted that are unsuccessfully disputed by the Sellers (as finally determined by the Independent Accountant) bears to the aggregate pounds sterling amount of such items so submitted; and (b) shall be borne by the Purchaser in the proportion that the aggregate pounds sterling amount of such remaining disputed items so submitted that are unsuccessfully disputed by the Purchaser (as finally determined by the Independent Accountant) bears to the aggregate pounds sterling amount of such items so submitted.

 

2.4                                The Purchaser shall provide the Sellers and the Independent Accountant with reasonable access to all relevant books, records and workpapers and Purchaser’s Group (as the successor entity to any Group Company) employees and management necessary for reviewing and verifying the Draft Earn Out Statement and the calculation of the Earn Out Payment, including the workpapers of the Purchaser’s Group’s (as the successor entity to any Group Company) auditor.  In the event of a dispute in accordance with paragraph 2, the Sellers will provide the Purchaser with their workpapers generated in connection with their review of the Draft Earn Out Statement in dispute and the calculation of the applicable Earn Out Payment.

 

8



 

SECTION 2
COVENANTS

 

1.                                    The Purchaser covenants with the Sellers that during the period commencing on Completion and ending on 31 December 2012, the Purchaser will procure that none of the following will occur in respect of any Group Company unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Sellers:

 

1.1                              the winding up or administration of any Group Company;

 

1.2                              the sale, merger or other disposal of the whole or any part of the business, undertaking of assets of any Group Company to any person that is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser;

 

1.3                              the sale or issuance in the whole or any part of the issued share capital of any Group Company to any person that is not an Affiliate of the Purchaser;

 

1.4                              any Group Company ceasing to be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Purchaser (save where a subsidiary is not wholly owned at Completion and remains so to the same extent during such period from Completion);

 

1.5                              any act which is intended to diminish the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA and thereby reduce the Earn Out Payment;

 

1.6                              in respect of the Annual 2012 Group EBITDA any actions-

 

1.6.1                               that would, directly or indirectly, defer or have the effect of deferring the recognition of any revenues of any Group Company for the Relevant Year to any subsequent financial year (save as consistent with past practice of the Group), including through influencing customers or timing the delivery or receipt of products or services or that would, directly or indirectly, pull forward or have the effect of pulling forward the recognition of any revenues of any Group Company to an earlier financial year; or

 

1.6.2                               that would, directly or indirectly, accelerate or have the effect of accelerating expenses of any Group Company into the Relevant Year from any subsequent financial year (save as consistent with past practice of the Group), including through increasing the provision of salary or benefits to any employee or that would, directly or indirectly, defer or have the effect of deferring expenses of any Group Company into the Relevant Year from 2011;

 

1.7                              taking or agreeing to take any actions which would, or would reasonably be expected to, assign, confer or otherwise transfer any material right, benefit or business opportunity of any Group Company, including through the operation of any other business or the engagement in other activities that compete with any Group Company.

 

2.                                    The Purchaser covenants with the Sellers that during the period commencing on Completion and ending on 31 December 2012, the Purchaser will:

 

2.1                              operate the Group in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and the Business Plan (save to the extent necessary to take account of the then market conditions);

 

2.2                              ensure that each member of the Group is sufficiently capitalised and has sufficient working capital to support the growth plans of the Group as set out in the Business Plan, provided however that nothing herein shall obligate Purchaser to fund any capital expenditures that are not included in the Business Plan;

 



 

2.3                              ensure that all transactions between Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any of the Group Companies, on the other hand, shall be at cost or shall be adjusted to be upon fair and reasonable terms no less favourable to either party than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unaffiliated third person;

 

2.4                              maintain business interruption and casualty insurance with respect to the Group in accordance with the Purchaser’s standard practice, and apply any proceeds of such insurance relating to rebuilding.

 

3.                                    From Completion until the final resolution of the Earn Out Payment the Purchaser shall:

 

3.1                              provide and deliver to Clyde (1) each month (commencing the month following the month in which Completion occurs) an operational and financial review and management accounts for that month of the Group prepared substantially in the same form as prepared prior to Completion (the “Monthly Report”) (save that they are prepared in accordance with US GAAP) and (2) each quarter (commencing in January 2012) an operational and financial review and management accounts of the Group for that quarter prepared substantially in the same form as prepared prior to Completion (the “Quarterly Report”) (prepared in accordance with IFRS and reconciled to show the changes from the Monthly Reports in that quarter (which Monthly Reports have been prepared under US GAAP)); and

 

3.2                              attend quarterly face to face meetings between Jim McColl and Don Canterna, Jeremy Smeltser, Allan Dowie, Thomas Burley and Keith Mitchell, which meeting shall comprise a review of the previous quarterly financial performance and an update review of full year projected performance.

 

2


 

Executed as a Deed for and on behalf of SCF-VI OFFSHORE L.P. by SCF-VI OFFSHORE G.P. L.P. in its capacity as general partner of SCF-VI OFFSHORE L.P.

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Peter Stuart

 

 

 

Full Name: Peter John Stuart

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by CLYDE BLOWERS CAPITAL S.À R.L acting by

 

 

Signature:

/s/ James McColl

 

 

 

Full Name: James McColl

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by SPX CORPORATION acting by its Attorney Stephen Tsoris by Power of Attorney dated 22 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Stephen Tsoris

 

 

 

Full Name: Stephen Tsoris

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ J. Michael Whitted

 

 

 

Full Name: J. Michael Whitted

 

 

 

Address: 13515 Ballantyne Corporate Place

 

 

 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28277, USA

 

 

3



 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for SHAKIL AHMED under power of attorney dated 19 August 2011

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for FRANCIS BARRETT under power of attorney dated 16 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

4



 

Executed as a Deed by APPLEBY NOMINEES (JERSEY) LIMITED acting by

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Patrick Jones

 

 

 

Full Name: Patrick Jones

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Paul Anthony Jeanne

 

 

 

Full Name: Paul Anthony Jeanne

 

 

 

Address: Tchenaie, Les Grands Vaux

 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey JE2 4NB

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Richard Prosser

 

 

 

Full Name: Richard Prosser

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Paul Anthony Jeanne

 

 

 

Full Name: Paul Anthony Jeanne

 

 

 

Address: Tchenaie, Les Grands Vaux

 

 

 

St. Helier Jersey JE2 4NB

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for THOMAS BURLEY under power of attorney dated 22 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

5



 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for ALLAN DOWIE under power of attorney dated 23 August 2011

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for ZILLAH DOYLE under power of attorney dated 19 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for JOHN FLEMING under power of attorney dated 17 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

6



 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for MICHEL FOUCHE under power of attorney dated 12 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for STEPHEN GILBEY under power of attorney dated 16 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for CRAWFORD GORRIE under power of attorney dated 18 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

7



 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for MARK HANNIGAN under power of attorney dated 18 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for DANIEL HOLSTEGGE under power of attorney dated 19 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for JOHN IAN MORRISON under power of attorney dated 16 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

8



 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for GRAHAM ROBERTSON under power of attorney dated 23 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for BRIAN SCORER under power of attorney dated 18 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

 

 

Executed as a Deed by Shauna Powell as attorney for CHADWICK TUTTLE under power of attorney dated 17 August 2011

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

Full Name: Shauna M. Powell

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Full Name: Graeme M. Bruce

 

 

 

Address: 191 West George Street

 

 

 

Glasgow, G2 2LD

 

 

9




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21.1

Entity Name
  Domestic Juris

Administraciones Directas Interactive Especializadas, S.C. 

  Mexico

Anhydro (Hong Kong) Limited

  Hong Kong

Anhydro China Co., Ltd. 

  China

Anhydro Indústria e Comércio Ltda. 

  Brazil

Anhydro North America, Inc. 

  Delaware

Anhydro S.A.S. 

  France

APV (China) Co., Ltd. 

  China

APV Benelux B.V. 

  Netherlands

APV Benelux NV

  Belgium

APV Hill and Mills (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

  Malaysia

APV Middle East Limited

  Saudi Arabia

APV Overseas Holdings Limited

  United Kingdom

APV Pty Ltd. 

  Australia

APV Soluciones Integrales, S.A.de C.V. 

  Mexico

APV Sverige AB

  Sweden

Arrendadora Korco, S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico

AUTOBOSS Tech, Inc. 

  China

Balcke-Duerr Italiana, S.r.l. 

  Rome

Balcke-Dürr GmbH

  Germany

Balcke-Dürr Holding GmbH

  Germany

Balcke-Dürr Polska Sp. Z o.o. 

  Poland

Ballantyne Company

  Cayman Islands

Ballantyne Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

BDT Limited

  India

Bran+Lubbe Pty. Ltd. 

  Australia

Clyde Pumps Inc. 

  Delaware

Clyde Pumps India Pvt. Limited

  India

Clyde Pumps Limited

  United Kingdom

Clyde Union (AR) (Holdings) Limited

  Scotland

Clyde Union (France) S.A.S. 

  France

Clyde Union (Holdings) Inc. 

  Delaware

Clyde Union (Holdings) Limited

  Scotland

Clyde Union (Holdings) S.á r.l. 

  Luxembourg

Clyde Union (Indonesia) (Holdings) Limited

  Scotland

Clyde Union (US), Inc. 

  Delaware

Clyde Union Alfa Limited

  British Virgin Islands

Clyde Union Canada Limited

  Canada

Clyde Union China Holdings Limited

  Scotland

Clyde Union DB Limited

  United Kingdom

Clyde Union IMBIL LTDA

  Brazil

Clyde Union Inc. 

  Michigan

Clyde Union Limited

  Scotland

Clyde Union Middle East LLC

  UAE

Clyde Union Pumps Middle East FZE

  UAE

Clyde Union Pumps Technology (Beijing) Co. Limited

  China

Clyde Union S.á r.l. 

  Luxembourg

Clyde Union S.A.S. 

  France

Clyde Union South East Asia Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore

David Brown Defence Equipment Limited

  United Kingdom

David Brown Special Products Limited

  United Kingdom

DBT Technologies (Pty) Ltd

  South Africa

Deca S.r.L. 

  Italy

Delaney Holdings Co. 

  Delaware

Dezurik of Australia Proprietary Limited

  Australia

Drysdale & Co. Limited

  Scotland

E&E Verfahrenstechnik GmbH

  Germany

Entity Name
  Domestic Juris

Fairbanks Morse Pump Corporation

  Kansas

Friedshelf 1306 Proprietary Limited

  South Africa

General Signal (China) Co., Ltd. 

  China

General Signal India Private Limited

  India

General Signal Ireland B.V. 

  Netherlands

Gerstenberg Schröder Brasil Ltda. 

  Brazil

Gerstenberg Schröder South America S.A. 

  Argentina

Girdlestone Pumps Limited

  Scotland

GS Automation A/S

  Denmark

Hangzhou Kayex Zheda Electromechanical Co., Ltd. 

  China

Heat Transfer Services Pte Ltd. 

  Singapore

Invensys Philippines, Inc. 

  Philippines

Johnson Pump (Australia) Pty. Ltd. 

  Australia

Johnson Pump Italiana S.r.l. 

  Italy

Johnson Pumps of America, Inc. 

  Delaware

Johnston Ballantyne Holdings Limited

  United Kingdom

Jurubatech Technologia Automotiva Ltda. 

  Brazil

Kayex China Holdings, Inc. 

  Delaware

Kayex Holdings LLC

  Delaware

Kent-Moore Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda. 

  Brazil

Kiawah Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

LAGTA Group Training Limited

  Scotland

LAGTA Limited

  Scotland

Mactek Pty Limited

  Australia

Marley Canadian Inc. 

  Canada

Marley Cooling Tower (Holdings) Limited

  United Kingdom

Marley Engineered Products (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. 

  China

Marley Engineered Products LLC

  Delaware

Marley Mexicana S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico

Marley Water-Line Sdn. Bhd. 

  Malaysia

Mather & Platt Machinery Limited

  Scotland

MATRA-WERKE GmbH

  Germany

MCT Services LLC

  Delaware

Medinah Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

Newlands Junior College Limited

  Scotland

Pinehurst Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

PT Barata David Brown Gear Industries

  Indonesia

Radiodetection (Canada) Ltd. 

  Canada

Radiodetection (China) Limited

  Hong Kong

Radiodetection Australia Pty Limited

  Australia

Radiodetection B.V. 

  Netherlands

Radiodetection JV Sdn Bhd

  Malaysia

Radiodetection Limited

  United Kingdom

Radiodetection Sarl

  France

Rathi Lightnin Mixers Private Limited

  India

S&N International, L.L.C. 

  Delaware

S&N Pump (Africa) Limitida

  Angola

S&N Pump and Rewind Limited

  United Kingdom

S&N Pump Company

  Texas

S&N Pump Middle East, LLC

  Texas

Seminole Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

Service Solutions Brasil Desenvolvimento de Technologia Ltda. 

  Brazil

Service Solutions Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

Service Solutions U.S. LLC

  Delaware

Shandong Shuanglun Clyde Union Pumps Co Limited

  China

Shinnecock Holding Company

  Cayman Islands

South Eastern Europe Services Limited

  United Kingdom

Spore Holdings Limited

  United Kingdom

Entity Name
  Domestic Juris

SPX (China) Industrial Manufacturing Center Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX (Guangzhou) Cooling Technologies Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX (Schweiz) A.G. 

  Switzerland

SPX (Shanghai) Flow Technology Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX (Tianjin) Cooling Technologies Co. Ltd. 

  China

SPX Air Treatment Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Australia Pty., Ltd. 

  Australia

SPX Canada

  Canada

SPX Canada Partner I Co. 

  Canada

SPX Canada Partner II Co. 

  Canada

SPX Chile Limitada

  Chile

SPX Clyde Luxembourg S.a r.l. 

  Luxembourg

SPX Clyde Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands

SPX Clyde UK Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Cooling Technologies (Beijing) Co. Ltd. 

  China

SPX Cooling Technologies (Zhangjiakou) Co. Ltd

  China

SPX Cooling Technologies Australia Pty Limited

  Australia

SPX Cooling Technologies Belgium S.A. 

  Belgium

SPX Cooling Technologies France SAS

  France

SPX Cooling Technologies GmbH

  Germany

SPX Cooling Technologies Leipzig GmbH

  Germany

SPX Cooling Technologies Malaysia Sdn Bhd

  Malaysia

SPX Cooling Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore

SPX Cooling Technologies UK Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Cooling Technologies, Inc. 

  Delaware

SPX Corporation (China) Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX Corporation (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX de México, S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico

SPX Europe Shared Services Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Flow Science (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX Flow Technology (India) Private Limited

  India

SPX Flow Technology (Thailand) Limited

  Thailand

SPX Flow Technology Assen B.V. 

  Netherlands

SPX Flow Technology Australia Pty Ltd. 

  Australia

SPX Flow Technology Belgium NV

  Belgium

SPX Flow Technology Canada Inc. 

  Canada

SPX Flow Technology Copenhagen A/S

  Denmark

SPX Flow Technology Crawley Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Flow Technology Danmark A/S

  Denmark

SPX Flow Technology do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. 

  Brazil

SPX Flow Technology Dublin Limited

  Ireland

SPX Flow Technology Etten-Leur B.V. 

  Netherlands

SPX Flow Technology Finland Oy

  Finland

SPX Flow Technology Hanse GmbH

  Germany

SPX Flow Technology Hong Kong Limited

  Hong Kong

SPX Flow Technology Hungary Kft. (SPX Flow Technology Hungary Mérnöki és Képviseleti Kft.)

  Hungary

SPX Flow Technology Ibérica S.A. 

  Spain

SPX Flow Technology Italia S.p.A. 

  Italy

SPX Flow Technology Japan, Inc. 

  Japan

SPX Flow Technology Kerry Limited

  Ireland

SPX Flow Technology Korea Co., Ltd. 

  South Korea

SPX Flow Technology Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Flow Technology London Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Flow Technology Moers GmbH

  Germany

SPX Flow Technology New Zealand Limited

  New Zealand

SPX Flow Technology Norderstedt GmbH

  Germany

SPX Flow Technology Norway AS

  Norway

SPX Flow Technology Örebro AB

  Sweden

Entity Name
  Domestic Juris

SPX Flow Technology Poland sp. z.o.o. 

  Poland

SPX Flow Technology Rosista GmbH

  Germany

SPX Flow Technology s.r.o. 

  Czech Republic

SPX Flow Technology SAS

  France

SPX Flow Technology Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore

SPX Flow Technology Stockholm AB

  Sweden

SPX Flow Technology Sweden AB

  Sweden

SPX Flow Technology Systems, Inc. 

  Delaware

SPX Flow Technology Unna GmbH

  Germany

SPX Flow Technology USA, Inc. 

  Delaware

SPX France Holdings SAS

  France

SPX Heat Transfer Inc. 

  Delaware

SPX Holding HK Limited

  Hong Kong

SPX Holding Inc. 

  Connecticut

SPX Iberica S.A. 

  Spain

SPX India Private Limited

  India

SPX International (Thailand) Limited

  Thailand

SPX International e.G. 

  Germany

SPX International Holding GmbH

  Germany

SPX International Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX International Management LLC

  Delaware

SPX Italia S.r.l. 

  Italy

SPX Korea Co., Ltd. 

  Korea

SPX Latin America Corporation

  Delaware

SPX Luxembourg Acquisition Company S.á.r.l. 

  Luxembourg

SPX Luxembourg Finance Company S.á r.l. 

  Luxembourg

SPX Luxembourg Holding Company S.á.r.l. 

  Luxembourg

SPX Middle East FZE

  United Arab Emirates

SPX Netherlands B.V. 

  Netherlands

SPX Pension Trust Company Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX Precision Components LLC

  Delaware

SPX Process Equipment HK Limited

  Hong Kong

SPX Process Equipment Pty Ltd. 

  Australia

SPX Rail Systems HK Limited

  Hong Kong

SPX Receivables, LLC

  Delaware

SPX Research & Development Center (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX Russia Limited

  Russia

SPX Service Solutions France Sarl

  France

SPX Service Solutions Germany GmbH

  Germany

SPX Service Solutions Japan Limited

  Japan

SPX Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

  Singapore

SPX Sweden AB

  Sweden

SPX Technologies (Pty) Ltd. 

  Republic of South Africa

SPX TPS HK Limited

  Hong Kong

SPX Transformer Solutions, Inc. 

  Wisconsin

SPX Transportation & Industrial Solutions (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. 

  China

SPX U.L.M. GmbH

  Germany

SPX UK Holding Limited

  United Kingdom

SPX United Kingdom Limited

  United Kingdom

SS Great Lakes LLC

  Delaware

TCI International, Inc. 

  Delaware

Technology for Communications International

  California

The Harland Engineering Co. Limited

  Scotland

The Marley Company LLC

  Delaware

The Marley-Wylain Company

  Delaware

Tip Top Industrial Limited

  Hong Kong

Tiros Sdn. Bhd. 

  Malaysia

Torque Tension Systems (Asia Pacfic) Pty Limited

  Australia

Entity Name
  Domestic Juris

Torque Tension Systems (SEA) SDN. BHD

  Malaysia

Torque Tension Systems Limited

  United Kingdom

TPS Tianyu Equipment Company Limited

  China

Trident Hydro Systems, L.P. 

  Texas

Trident Hydro Systems Management, L.L.C. 

  Texas

U.D.I. Finance Limited

  Ireland

U.D.I. Mauritius Limited

  Mauritius

UD-RD Holding Company Limited

  United Kingdom

Union Pump Limited

  United Kingdom

United Dominion Industries Corporation

  Canada

Valley Forge (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom

VL Churchill Limited

  United Kingdom

Vokes Limited

  United Kingdom

Weil-McLain (Shandong) Cast-Iron-Boiler Co., Ltd. 

  China

Wuxi Balcke Durr Technologies Company, Ltd. 

  China

XCel Erectors, Inc. 

  Delaware



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-68650 on Form S-4 and Nos. 33-24043, 333-29843, 333-29851, 333-29855, 333-70245, 333-82645, 333-82647, 333-61766, 333-69250, 333-69252, 333-106897, 333-109112, 333-139351, and 333-139352 all on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 23, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company"), and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
February 23, 2012




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.2


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Members
EGS Electrical Group, LLC:

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-68650) on Form S-4, and (Nos. 33-24043, 333-29843, 333-29851, 333-29855, 333-61766, 333-69250, 333-69252, 333-70245, 333-82645, 333-82647, 333-106897, 333-109112, 333-139351 and 333-139352) on Form S-8 of SPX Corporation of our report dated January 12, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of EGS Electrical Group, LLC and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, members' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2011, not included herein, which report appears in the December 31, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 23, 2012




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1


Certification

I, Christopher J. Kearney, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2012   /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. KEARNEY

President and Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2


Certification

I, Patrick J. O'Leary, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2012   /s/ PATRICK J. O'LEARY

Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1

        The following statement is being made to the Securities and Exchange Commission solely for purposes of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350), which carries with it certain criminal penalties in the event of a knowing or willful misrepresentation.

Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F. Street N.E.
Washington, DC 20549

Re: SPX Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        In accordance with the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that:

Dated as of this 23rd day of February, 2012.

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. KEARNEY


Christopher J. Kearney
President and Chief Executive Officer
      /s/ PATRICK J. O'LEARY

Patrick J. O'Leary
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 99.1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Members
EGS Electrical Group, LLC:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EGS Electrical Group, LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, members' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of EGS Electrical Group, LLC and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
January 12, 2012




QuickLinks

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm